ghazi - barotha - World Bank Documents & Reports

GOVERNMENT OF THE PAKISTAN WATER AND POWERISLAMIC REPUBLIC OF PAKISTAN DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY

GHAZI - BAROTHAHYDROPOWER PROJECT

REPORT ON

ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY

ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

~~~~; 1

August 1994

PAKISTAN

HYDRO

*_ ... CONSULTANTSA Joint Venture of- National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt) Ltd.

- Associated Consulting Engineers ACE (Pvt) Ltd.

- Ewbank Preece Ltd.- Harza Engineering Company International L.P.

- Binnie & Partners (Overseas) Ltd

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT ONADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PageSUMMARY

S.1 INTRODUCTION S.1S.2 FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT S.2S.3 EUTROPHICATION OF BARRAGE POND S.3S.4 TOWN PLANNING FOR GHAZI AND KHALO S.3S.5 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS FOR GHAZI AND KHALO S.4S.6 STUDY OF SOILS FOR SPOIL BANKS S.4S.7 AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION OF SPOIL BANKS S.4S.8 500 kV TRANSMISSION LINES S.5S.9 ACCESS ROAD TO BAROTHA POWER COMPLEX S.5

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL 1.1

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1.1

1.3 PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 1.2

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PANEL 1.2

1.5 SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 1.3

1.6 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 1.3

REFERENCES

TABLES

CHAPTER 2FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

2.1 INTRODUCTION -2.12.1.1 Description of the Project 2.12.1.2 Objectives of Study 2.2

2.2 PRESENT FISHERIES 2.32.2.1 Riverine Environment 2.32.2.2 Fish Species in Indus 2.42.2.3 Survey of Commercial Fishermen 2.4

(i)

Page

2.2.4 Results of Survey 2.52.2.5 Fisheries in Tarbela Reservoir 2.7

2.3 FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL 2.82.3.1 River and Pond Environment 2.82.3.2 Suitability of Local Wild and Cultured Fish 2.9

2.4 HATCHERY RESOURCES 2.12

2.5 FISH LADDER AT THE BARRAGE 2.13

2.6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 2.142.6.1 Plan to Maximise Fishery Value 2.142.6.2 Breeding of Mullah 2.152.6.3 Monitoring Development of the Fishery 2.152.6.4 Production Targets and Levels of Investment 2.152.6.5 Allocation of Fishing Rights 2.18

REFERENCES

TABLES

ANNEX

CHAPTER 3ASSESSMENT OF RI-SK OF EUTROPHICATION

- IN GHAZI BARRAGE POND

3.1 INTRODUCTION 3.1

3.2 QUALITY OF WATER DISCHARGED FROM TARBELA 3.2

3.3 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS IN BARRAGE POND 3.2

3.4 SOURCES OF NUTRIENTS 3.3

3.5 CONCLUSIONS 3.3

APPENDIX

TABLES

CHAPTER 4TOWN PLANNING FOR GHAZI & KHALO

4.1 INTRODUCTION 4.14.1.1 Background 4.14.1.2 Purpose of Present Study 4.14.1.3 Study Methodology 4.2

(ii)

Page

4.2 PHYSICAL SET-UP 4.24.2.1 Location 4.24.2.2 Climate 4.24.2.3 Topography 4.34.2.4 Area 4.34.2.5 Population 4.3

r

4.3 EXISTING SITUATION 4.34.3.1 General 4.34.3.2 Sanitary and Environmental Conditions 4.44.3.3 Solid Waste Collection and Disposal 4.44.3.4 Water Supply System 4.54.3.5 Transportation and Traffic 4.54.3.6 Health and Education 4.54.3.7 Sports and Recreation 4.64.3.8 NGOs and Community Participation 4.64.3.9 Institutional Setup 4.6

4.4 ACTION PLANS 4.64.4.1 General 4.64.4.2 Cleaning, Clearing and Improvement of Drains 4.74.4.3 Collection and Disposal of Solid Waste 4.74.4.4 Removal of Encroachments from Main Road 4.74.4.5 Re-surfacing of Main & Access Roads 4.84.4.6 Improvement of Bus/Truck Stands 4.84.4.7 Construction of Sewers and Drains 4.84.4.8 Improvement of Water Supply System 4.84.4.9 Provision of Open Spaces 4.94.4.10 Tree Planting and Landscaping 4.9

4.5 DEVELOPMENT PLAN 4.94.5.1 Introduction 4.94.5.2 Development Restrictions 4.104.5.3 Long-Term Development Programme 4.104.5.4 Summary of Projects in Long-Term Development

Programme 4.124.5.5 Housing for Migratory Workers 4.13

4.6 CONCLUSIONS 4.13

APPENDICES

CHAPTER 5SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT FOR GRAZI AND KRALO TOWNS

5.1 INTRODUCTION 5.15.1.1 Base Data 5.15.1.2 Existing Wastewater Collection System 5.15.1.3 Purpose of Present Study 5.25.1.4 Planning Study 5.2

(iii)

Page

5.2 SEWERAGE SYSTEM 5.25.2.1 Concept 5.25.2.2 Cost of Sewer System 5.3

5.3 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS 5.35.3.1 Location 5.35.3.2 Selection of Treatment Process 5.35.3.3 Design of Treatment Works 5.4

5.4 ESTIMATED COSTS 5.55.4.1 Sewer System 5.55.4.2 Sewage Treatment Works 5.55.4.3 Total Cost 5.5

REFERENCES

TABLES

CHAPTER 6STUDY OF SOIL FOR SPOIL BANKS

6.1 GENERAL 6.1

6.2 SURVEY METHOD 6.1

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY 6.2

6.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FORIMPROVEMENT OF SPOIL BANKS 6.3

6.4.1 General 6.36.4.2 Deep to Very Deep Loamy Soils 6.36.4.3 Moderately Deep Loamy Soils 6.46.4.4 Shallow Loamy Soils 6.46.4.5 Deep to Very Deep Sandy Soils 6.56.4.6 Moderately Deep Sandy Soils 6.66.4.7 Shallow Sandy Soils 6.76.4.8 Miscellaneous Areas 6.8

6.5 CROP SUITABILITY RATINGS 6.86.5.1 General 6.86.5.2 Suitability Classes 6.8

APPENDIX

TABLES

CHAPTER 7AGRICULTURAL POTENTIAL OF THE SPOIL BANKS

7.1 INTRODUCTION .7.17.1.1 Objectives of the Study 7.1

(iv)

Page

7.1.2 Methodology 7.1

7.2 PRESENT AGRICULTURE 7.27.2.1 Present Cropping Pattern and Intensity 7.27.2.2 Present Barani Crop Yields 7.27.2.3 Barani Crop Production 7.27.2.4 Barani Farm Inputs 7.37.2.5 Irrigated Agriculture 7.3

7.3 AGRICULTURE ON SPOIL BANKS 7.37.3.1 General 7.37.3.2 Proposed Cropping Pattern and Intensities: 7.47.3.3 Justification for Selection of Crops 7.57.3.4 Crop Yields on the Spoil Banks 7.87.3.5 Agriculture Production 7.97.3.6 Incremental Production 7.97.3.7 Farm Inputs 7.10

7.4 FARM BUDGETS 7.117.4.1 General 7.117.4.2 Methodology 7.127.4.3 Farm Budgets 7.12

7.5 CONCLUSIONS 7.12

REFERENCES

TABLES

CHAPTER 8TRANSMISSION LINES

8.1 INTRODUCTION 8.18.1.1 Project Background 8.18.1.2 Regulatory Background 8.18.1.3 Approach to the Study 8.2

8.2 LEGAL, REGULATORY AND ADMINISTRATIVEFRAMEWORK 8.3

8.2.1 Legal Framework in Pakistan 8.38.2.2 World Bank Requirements 8.58.2.3 Public Health/Safety Standards 8.68.2.4 WAPDA Transmission Line Organisation 8.7

8.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 8.88.3.1 Terminal Points 8.88.3.2 Proposed Routes 8.88.3.3 Corridor Treatment 8.108.3.4 Towers 8.108.3.5 Treatment of the Bypassed Line Section 8.11

(v)

Page

8.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS 8.118.4.1 Land Use 8.118.4.2 Ecological Values 8.148.4.3 Socio-Cultural Resources 8.15

8.5 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 8.228.5.1 Land Use 8.228.5.2 Vegetation and Wildlife 8.228.5.3 Socio-cultural Resources 8.23

8.6 ALTERNATIVES 8.248.6.1 No Action Alternative 8.248.6.2 Terminal Points 8.248.6.3 Routes 8.258.6.4 Tower Placement 8.26

8.7 MITIGATION PLAN 8.268.7.1 Variations in Alignment 8.268.7.2 Resettlement 8.278.7.3 Schools 8.288.7.4 Other Buildings 8.298.7.5 Wells 8.298.7.6 Bypassed Section 8.298.7.7 Cultural Properties 8.298.7.8 Temporary Damage 8.30

8.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 8.308.8.1 Management Responsibility 8.308.8.2 Implementation Issues 8.31

8.9 MONITORING PLAN 8.32

REFERENCES

APPENDIX

TABLES

CHAPTER 9ACCESS ROAD FOR BAROTHA POWER COMPLEX

9.1 INTRODUCTION 9.19.1.1 Project Background 9.1

9.1.2 Legal, Regulatory, and AdministrativeFramework 9.1

9.1.3 Status of Road Planning and Design 9.29.1.4 Approach to the Study 9.2

9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 9.39.2.1 Objective 9.39.2.2 Route 9.39.2.3 Road Design 9.4

(vi)

Page

9.3 BASELINE CONDITIONS 9.49.3.1 Land Use 9.49.3.2 Ecological Values 9.5

* 9.3.3 Socio-cultural Conditions 9.5

9.4 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 9.9* 9.4.1 General 9.9

9.4.2 Land Use 9.99.4.3 Ecological Impacts 9.109.4.4 Socio-cultural Resources 9.10

9.5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 9.129.5.1 No Action Alternative 9.129.5.2 Alternative Routes 9.129.5.3 Alternative Rail Crossings 9.12

9.6 MITIGATION PLAN 9.139.6.1 Compensation 9.139.6.2 Public Safety 9.14

9.7 MONITORING PLAN 9.149.7.1 Land Acquisition and Compensation 9.149.7.2 Induced Development 9.14

REFERENCES

TABLES

DRAWINGS

ANNEX 1FISHERIES SURVEY INTERVIEW FORM

APPENDIX 3-ASURVEY OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT

PLANTS AT TARBELA

APPENDIX 4-AlDRAFT TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR TOWN

PLANNING OF GHAZI AND KHALO

APPENDIX 4-A2TOWN PLANNING OF GHAZI AND KHALO

BUDGET ESTIMATE

(vii)

APPENDIX 6-ADESCRIPTIONS OF SOIL PROFILE PITS

APPENDIX 8-AREPORT PREPARERS AND PERSONS CONTACTED

(viii)


LIST OF TABLES

No. Title Page

1.1 Principal Project Data 1.5

2.1 Fish of the Indus River from Tarbelato Kabul Confluence 2.21

2.2 Feeding and Spawning Habits of FishImportant to Fisheries Development at theGhazi-Barotha Project 2.24

3.1 Ten-day mean outflows from Tarbela Reservoir(1976-90) 3.12

3.2 Wastewater analyses in Barrage Pond Area 3.13

3.3 Total BOD Load of STPs - Existing and afterimprovement 3.14

3.4 Cost Estimate for Expansion of Sewage TreatmentPlant at Right Bank Colony-Tarbela 3.15

5.1 Wastewater Analysis of Ghazi and Khalo 5.6

5.2 Summary of Cost Estimate for SewageTreatment Plant at Ghazi and Khalo 5.7

5.3 Estimate of Cost of Sewage Treatment Plantat Ghazi and Khalo 5.8

6.1 Physico-Chemical Analysis of Pit Samples 6.15

6.2 Distribution of Soil Textural Groups 6.17

6.3 Crop Suitability Ratings 6.20

7.1 Existing Barani Cropping Pattern & Intensities 7.15

7.2 Existing Barani Crop Yields 7.16

7.3 Existing Barani Cropped Areas, Yields& Production in Project Area 7.17

7.4 Existing Barani Level of Farm Inputs 7.18

7.5 Existing Barani Level of Manual LabourRequirements 7.19

(ix)

No0. Title Page

7.6 Existing Cropping Pattern & Intensitiesof the Project Area 7.20

7.6A Existing Irrigated Crop Yields 7.21

7.7 Existing Irrigated Cropped Area, Yields &Production in the Project Area 7.22

7.8 Existing Irrigated Level of Farm Inputs 7.23

7.9 Exiting Level of Manual Labour Requirementsfor Irrigated areas 7.24

7.10 Existing Crop Production 7.25

7.11 Proposed Cropping Pattern, Intensities &Cropped Area "With" Project (For SpoilBanks) (Irrigated) 7.26

7.12 Existing Crop Yields & Adopted Yields(Irrigated & Spoil Banks) 7.27

7.13 Projected Crop Production "With"Project (For Spoil Banks) 7.28

7.14 Incremental Crop Production "With"Project (For Spoil Banks) 7.29

7.15 Projected Seed Requirements "With" Project 7.30

7.16 Projected Fertilizer Requirements "With"Project 7.31

7.17 Plant Protection Measures "With" Project 7.32

7.18 Traction & Manual Labour Per HectareRequired "With" Project 7.33

7.19 Barani Areas Per Hectare Gross Margin(Financial Prices) 7.34

7.20 Spoil Banks Per Hectare Gross Margin(Financial Prices) 7.35

7.21 Farm Budgets at Financial Prices 7.36

8.1 Impacts, Mitigation and Monitoring -Transmission Lines 8.34

9.1 Impacts, Mitigation and Monitoring -Haji Shah Barotha Access Road 9.16

(x)


LIST OF DRAWINGS

No. Title

1.1 Project Layout Plan

2.1 Barrage Pond Storage Area and Capacity Curves

2.2 Historical Operation of Tarbela Reservoir

2.3 Plan of Barrage and Pond

2.4 Location of Indus River Tributaries that areSpawning areas for Mahseer.

3.1 Location of Existing Sewage Treatment Plantsfor Colonies at Tarbela Dam

3.2 Flow Diagram for Sewage Treatment Plantat Sanober Colony Tarbela

3.3 Layout of Existing Sewage Treatment Plantat Sanober Colony

3.4 Layout of Existing Sewage Treatment Plantat Sobra City

3.5 Layout of Existing Sewage Treatment Plantat Right Bank Colony

4.1 Proposed Expansion for Ghazi and Khalo up to 2017

5.1 Proposed Location of Sewage Treatment Plant

5.2 Layout Plan of Proposed Sewaae TreatmentPlant for Ghazi and Khalo

5.3 Sections - Secondary Clarifier and OxidationDitch for Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant forGhazi and Khalo

5.4 Section - Sludge Drying Beds for Proposed SewageTreatment Plant for Ghazi and Khalo

6.1 Power Channel - Logs of Auger Holes

6.2 Power Channel - Logs of Soil Profile Pits

(xi)

No. Title

7.1 Existing Cropping Pattern & Calendar (Unirrigated)

7.2 Proposed Cropping Pattern & Calendar forSpoil Banks

8.1 Organisation Plan: WAPDA Transmission System

8.2 Proposed 500 kV Connections Barotha-PeshawarLine (West Half)

8.3 Proposed 500 kV Connections Barotha-PeshawarLine (East Half)

8.4 Proposed 500 kV Connections to Tarbela-Gatti Line

8.5 Transmission Tower Designs

8.6 Power Complex Layout

9.1 Proposed Access Road Haji Shah- Barotha

(xii)

SUMMARY

SUMMARY

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project (the Project) has beendesigned to use the fall in the Indus river between Tarbela damand the confluence of the Indus and Haro rivers to generate up to1,450 MW. The Project comprises a barrage near Ghazi, a 52 kmlong power channel, and a power complex near Barotha.

During the layout, feasibility and design stages of thedevelopment of the Project, environmental considerations receivedclose attention. The results of the studies were presented in tworeports which were reviewed by an international EnvironmentalReview Panel appointed by the World Bank, who agreed with themain findings.

In their Third Report (July 1992), the Environmental Review Panelrecommended that certain additional supplementary environmentalstudies should be carried out. The findings of these studies arepresented in this report. The aspects covered are as follows:

- An assessment of the potential for the development offisheries in the barrage pond and in the headponds at thepower complex, the need for a fish ladder at the barrage,and the effects of the reduced flows in the Indus betweenthe barrage and the confluence of the Indus and Kabulrivers on existing fisheries. This is covered in Chapter2 of this report.

- An assessment of the risk of eutrophication in thebarrage pond, possibly caused by discharges ofinadequately treated sewage from existing seweragesystems. This is presented in Chapter 3.

- The town planning requirements for Ghazi and Khalo, whichtogether will be affected both by the construction of theProject, particularly the barrage, and by the proximityof the initial length of the power channel. This ispresented in Chapter 4.

- A preliminary design and cost estimate for the provisionof sewers and sewage treatment works for Ghazi and Khalo.At present, these towns rely on open drains and there isno treatment of the sewage which reaches the Indus. Thisis presented in Chapter 5.

- A survey of the characteristics of the soils along theroute of the power channel, which will be used for thespoil banks. The results are presented in Chapter 6.

- An assessment of the agricultural production which couldbe achieved on the irrigated spoil banks along the power

S.1

channel, to check whether the loss of production fromland required for the channel, most of which isunirrigated, will be offset by the greater productivityof irrigated land. This is presented in Chapter 7.

An assessment of the environmental impact of the 500 kVpower transmission lines required to connect the powercomplex to the WAPDA grid system. This is presented inChapter 8.

An assessment of the environmental impact of the accessroad from the Haji Shah road to the power complex atBarotha, to be formed by widening and surfacing anexisting unsurfaced road, to provide a route forconstruction traffic that avoids Attock City. This ispresented in Chapter 9.

A study of the legal aspects of the purchase and resale of theland required for the power channel and the spoil banks has beenrequested by the Panel. The study is in progress and will bereported separately.

A summary of the main findings of each study is given below.

S.2 FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

The Project will include a 1,140 ha barrage pond, 540 ha ofheadponds, and a power channel of 1600 cumecs capacity. Onaverage, 10-day releases from Tarbela are above 1,600 cumecs for49% of the time (with a maximum of about 7,500 cumecs in thefirst third of August). Excess flows above 1,600 cumecs will bereleased into the existing river channel. During the low-flowperiod (October to April), the discharge in the Indus channelbetween the barrage and the confluence with the Haro river willaverage 28 cumecs, plus contributions from seepage and minortributaries. The flow in the Kabul river averages 820 cumecs.Thus, fishery development will focus on the barrage pond andheadponds.

The local fishery, especially the winter fishery, is dominated bythe large, herbivorous hill-stream cyprinid Schizothoraxplagiostomus, known locally as mullah. It has not been cultured,but culture of this fish should not be difficult because ripefemales can be found throughout the year. Consideration of foodhabits, breeding and temperature requirements of locally nativeand cultured fish indicated mullah to be the best candidate forfishery development. Common carp (Cyprinus carpio) should feedsuccessfully on benthos in silt. Silver carp (Hypothalmichthysmolitrix) and bighead carp (Aristichthys nobilis) can feed onplytoplankton and zooplankton respectively. The major carps, rohu(Labeo rohita) - a column feeder, mrigal (Cirrhinus mrigala) - abottom feeder, and catla (Catla catla) - a surface feeder, can

S.2

also be added for the purpose of experimentation. These fish areusually cultured in the plains but can adapt in the water bodiesof the hilly areas. They will be more successful in theheadponds than in the barrage pond.

The potential for enhancing fishery resources has been reviewed,the desirability of a fish ladder examined, and entitlements tofishing rights evaluated. No enhancement to the fishery isenvisioned from a fish ladder at the barrage. Enforcement ofcurrently existing licensing requirements would provide amechanism to allocate fishing rights in the barrage pond.

Surveys of local fishermen and fish retailers revealed that thereare only about 17 commercial fishermen working on the Indusbetween Tarbela dam and the confluence of the Indus and Harorivers. They generally fish at night, mostly during the winter,and sell their catches next morning in the three local markets.The total annual catch is about 30 t. Many more people fish tosupplement their families' diet, and occasionally catch enough tosell some fish. Their annual harvest is about 10 t. This patternwill be adversely affected by the reduction in flows in the Indusduring the winter.

Only approximate estimates can be made of the productivity of thebarrage ponds and headponds. With stocking of fingerlings at300/ha/year, the total harvest could be 200 t/year, thusexceeding comfortably the present harvest and increasing thepresent income from fishing by up to six times.

S.3 EUTROPHICATION OF BARRAGE POND

There are two sewage treatment works associated with the Tarbeladam colonies on the left bank, and one on the right bank. Theleft bank works are producing effluent of satisfactory quality.The right bank works are overloaded, and preliminary designs andcost estimates are presented for an extension, estimated to costabout Rs. 9 million. However, the total BOD load from the sewageworks effluent is two orders of magnitude less than thatoccurring naturally in the releases from Tarbela. The disolvedoxygen content of the water from Tarbela is about 50% of thesaturation value, while the residence time in the pond rangesfrom about 3 hours to about 1 day. Thus there is no risk ofsewage works discharges causing eutrophication in the barragepond.

S.4 TOWN PLANNING FOR GHAZI AND KHALO

Ghazi, particularly, and Khalo have developed in an unplannedmanner as a result of immigration of labour for the constructionperiod of Tarbela dam, and of people displaced from the areasubmerged by the reservoir. As a result, the road system, thewater supply system and the surface and wastewater drainage

S.3

systems are all inadequate. Other features, such as encroachmentsand the provision of open areas for recreation, need attention.The land area available between the Indus and the power channelwill be enough to accomodate the population growth expected overthe life of the Project.

Ghazi has recently been granted Tehsil status. This will allow amunicipal council to be created and future development to bebetter organised. The planning needs are described, together withdraft terms of reference and a budget for a planning study.

S.5 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS FOR GHAZI ANID KHALO

The present arrangements for the collection and disposal ofwastewater from Ghazi and Khalo are unsatisfactory and unhygenic.A preliminary design and cost estimates have been prepared for acomplete sewerage system for the two towns. The treatment 'workswould be best located near the left bank of the Indus on low-lying ground adjacent to Khalo. A modified oxidation ditchtreatment method is recommended, to be built in three stages asthe population of the two towns expands. The total capital costof the sewers and the first stage of the treatment works has beenestimated at about Rs. 42 million. For such a system to worksatisfactorily, the present municipal tubewell water supplysystem would have to be uprated from about 4 hr/day to a24 hr/day supply.

S.6 STUDY OF SOILS FOR SPOIL BANKS

This study investigated the types of soil and their distributionalong the route of the power channel. The topsoil and subsoilwill be spread on the spoil banks alongside the power channelafter levelling, and will therefore be an important factor in theagricultural productivity of the spoil banks.

The study showed that the soils are generally of good quality,suitable for agriculture. However, there are certain areas wherethe soil is of poor quality, and recommendations are made for theimprovement of these soils, including the possibility ofspreading more suitable soil from elsewhere during theconstruction of the spoil banks.

S.7 AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION OF SPOIL BANKS

This study has been based on a survey of existing croppingpatterns on irrigated and rain-fed (barani) land in the Projectarea, and on the survey of soil types along the power channelroute. The principal conclusion is that farmers should have nodifficulty in growing many more crops, including cash crops, onthe spoil banks than are grown at present on the barani land.They will require an estimated four years to reach fullproduction.

S.4

To assess the overall effect on farmers' incomes, farm budgetshave been prepared for a representative farm size of 3.44 ha, forbarani conditions and for irrigated conditions. This shows thatthe return per hectare can be expected to increase by a factor ofnearly 4. This confirms the view of local farmers that replacingbarani land with half the area of irrigated land will bebeneficial.

S.8 500 kV TRANSMISSION LINES

The Project will require three new 500 kV transmission lines, twoof which will conduct power from the Barotha switchyard to aswitchyard near Peshawar and to a tie-in to the existingTarbela-Gatti line, respectively. The third line will bringTarbela power from the Tarbela-Gatti line to the Barothaswitchyard.

All three of the lines will pass over cultivated land (mostly inbarani agriculture) and undeveloped open areas. They will skirtvillages by at least 500 m, but will require the moving of a fewhouse compounds and some tubewells. These structures will bereplaced at Project expense. Cultivation, grazing, and fuelwoodgathering will continue within the rights-of-way, including theareas between the legs of the towers. An archaeological surveywill be conducted prior to the final siting of towers.

In the immediate vicinity of the Power Complex at Barotha, theBarotha-Peshawar line will leave the switchyard on the west side,turn north to avoid the village of Dher by 500 m, and cross theIndus river just north of Dher and Mandori. The two linesconnecting with the Tarbela-Gatti line will be aligned along theIndus flood plain, west of Barotha, then around to the east. TheBarotha primary school, which is within about 25 m of theboundary of the proposed switchyard, will be moved to theresettlement village, about 500 m south of its present location.

S.9 ACCESS ROAD TO BAROTHA POWER COMPLEX

The purpose of the new access will be to allow heavy constructiontraffic travelling from the Grand Trunk Road to the power complexsite at Barotha to bypass Attock City. This will reduce journeytimes and avoid increasing the congestion in the narrow roads ofthe city, with the associated risks to pedestrians and other roadusers.

The new road will follow a centuries old dirt road, known as theOld Sarkari road, that is largely on government owned-land. Thenew road will be a two-lane, metalled (asphalt) road, with eachlane 3.3 m wide. The shoulders will be of compacted gravel 1.8 mwide on each side. The right-of-way (r.o.w.) will extend 10 mfarther on each side, giving it a total width of 30.2 m. Theextra strip of land on each side has been included to accommodate

S.5

a drainage ditch, a borrow area for the maintenance of the roadberms and for the planting of trees to form a green belt similarto that on the WAPDA road from Lawrencepur to Tarbela. The roadwill contain one bridge, where it crosses the Attock-Peshawarrailway line.

The new r.o.w. will total 21.9 ha. Of this area, the total amountof land changing from agriculture to road right-of-way will beapproximately 19.8 ha. The new road will utilize the r.o.w. ofthe Old Sarkari road for 6.4 km, the average width of which isonly about 3.2 m, giving a nominal area of 2.1 ha.

The required land, including about 7.3 ha that does not containthe Old Sarkari road, will be purchased from the owners atcurrent market prices. WAPDA will negotiate directly withlandowners to establish prices for land. Landowners will beentitled to compensation at full market price, plus the 15%escalation stipulated in the 1894 Land Acquisition Act. TheProject Non-Government Organisation (PNGO) will assist landownersto reach agreement with WAPDA on market prices.

Rural landless groups whose income is adversely affected will becompensated under the Project Regional Action Plan (RAP).

The barani lands crossed by the proposed access road route havelittle ecological value, so there will be no significantecological effects.

There will be a slightly increased risk of accidents on theAttock-Haji Shah Road at the entrance to the new road, due toheavy trucks turning into the new road. This risk will beameliorated by appropriate safety measures.

An Emergency Action Plan will be incorporated into the Projectsafety programme to cover accidents, spills or other mishapsalong the access road.

S.6

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

This Report presents the results of additional supplementaryenvironmental studies of the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project(the Project). This report forms an additional supplement to theEnvironmental Assessment Report (EAR) that was prepared as partof the feasibility studies for the Project and constitutedVolume 7 of the Feasibility Report (Ref. 1.1). The draft EAR wasreviewed by an Environmental Review Panel in May 1991. Therecommendations of the Panel formed the basis for supplementarystudies that were presented in a separate Report (Ref. 1.2).

The Project was called the Ghazi-Gariala Hydropower Project untillate in 1991, when the name was changed by WAPDA at the requestof the people of Barotha. The Project is described in the EARand, in greater detail, in various other volumes of theFeasibility Report. For convenience, a brief description of theProject is provided here.

1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The Project will be located in the eastern part of Pakistan'sNorth West Frontier Province and the northern part of the PunjabProvince. It consists of three main components: a barrage, apower channel and a power complex (Drawing 1.1). The mainfeatures of the Project are summarised in Table 1.1.

The barrage will be located on the Indus river about 7 kmdownstream of Tarbela dam, just upstream of the village of Ghazi.It will create a pond with a maximum surface area of 1,140 ha atthe normal pond level of El. 340.0 m. During the low-flow season(October to April), when the average daily release from Tarbelais less than the power channel capacity, the barrage pond willprovide diurnal re-regulation to ensure a constant flow in thepower channel. During this period, the pond level will fluctuatedaily by up to 3.3 m. Water from the barrage pond will bedelivered to the power channel through a head regulator.

The power channel will have a capacity of 1,600 cumecs(56,500 cusecs) as against the 2,000 cumecs proposed in theFeasibility Report. The capacity was reduced as a prudent measurein view of the limited experience of channels of this capacity.The power channel will be a concrete-lined, trapezoidal structureapproximately 94 m across at the water surface and 9 m deep. Itwill flow at a velocity of 2.33 m/s and a gradient of 1:9,600 toa forebay which forms the start of the power complex, nearBarotha.

1.1

The power complex will include two headponds, to allow peakingoperation while maintaining channel flows uniform, a spillway, anintake structure, 5 penstocks, a powerhouse with 5x290 MWturbine-generators, and a tailrace channel to discharge the waterback into the Indus. Following the reduction in the capacity ofthe power channel to 1,600 cumecs, studies showed that therewould be advantages in increasing the live storage capacity ofthe headponds from about 16 M cu m, as proposed in theFeasibility report, to about 25 M cu m. This capacity allows theProject to function as a peaking project, generating around 1,350to 1,450 MW for 4 hours each day, and reduced power during therest of the day, depending on the availability of water fromTarbela.

During the high-flow season, when the average daily flow releasedby Tarbela is greater than the 1,600 cumecs capacity of the powerchannel, the barrage will release excess flows throughundersluices and standard bays. When Tarbela delivers less waterthan the capacity of the channel, the barrage will release aminimum 28 cumecs of compensation water, some of which will befrom seepage under the barrage.

1.3 PREVIOUS ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The environmental assessment of the Project began during thelayout phase of the feasibility studies, and is expected tocontinue, in one form or another, throughout the life of theProject.

During the layout phase, attention was focused on the siting andpreliminary design of the main components, the locations of thechannel crossings, public safety, and the avoidance of impacts onvillages, shrines and graveyards.

During this stage an excellent working relationship wasestablished between the planning engineers and the environmentalstaff that resulted in early attention to potential problems.Scoping meetings were held with provincial and districtofficials. In the subsequent phase of the feasibility study,scoping sessions were held at the Union Council and villagelevels. Various aspects related to land, water and biologicalresources, and the socioeconomic conditions of the Project areawere studied. These aspects, along with resettlement and othermitigation measures, were discussed in the EnvironmentalAssessment Report (Ref. 1.1).

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW PANEL

Following review of the draft EAR by an internationalEnvironmental Review Panel appointed by the World Bank for theProject, the Panel recommended certain supplementary studies todevelop operational criteria for discharge of compensation waterand for the management of the created impoundments.

1.2

1.5 SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The supplementary studies were carried out in the period fromOctober 1991 to January 1992 and comprised the following:

- Ecology of the Indus river Flood Plain. More data wascollected on the flora and fauna of islands, bars, andpools in the braided reach of the Indus between Tarbeladam and the Kabul river.

- River Water Quality. Resampling of the river and analysisfor BOD 5 and coliform bacteria, combined withrecalculation of future sewage discharges and in-streamdilution factors, was carried out to refine thecalculation of compensation water requirements.

- Public Health. A study was carried out of the effect ofchanges in river flows, and the creation of the barragepond and headponds, on mosquito habitats and theincidence of malaria. The possibility of an increase inthe incidence of guinea worm was also studied.

- Animal Health. The effects of alteration of surface waterconditions on the distribution and transmission offasciola parasites in buffalo, sheep and goats werestudied.

- Indus River Gorge. Possible effects of the Project on theresources of the stretch of the Indus river immediatelydownstream of its confluence with the Kabul river wereinvestigated.

- Archaeological Surveys. Proposed borrow areas wereexamined by an archaeological team to ensure that novaluable sites will be destroyed or artifacts lost.

The results of these additional studies are presented in theReport on Supplementary Environmental Studies (Ref. 1.2).

1.6 ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

In July 1993, the World Bank and the Environmental Review Panelrecommended that additional supplementary environmental studiesbe carried out. This work was started in January 1994. Thisreport presents the findings of these studies. The aspectscovered are as follows:

- An assessment of the potential for the development offisheries in the barrage pond and in the headponds at thepower complex, and the effects of the reduced flows in

- the Indus between the barrage and the confluence of theIndus and the Kabul rivers on existing fisheries. This iscovered in Chapter 2 of this report.

1.3

An assessment of the risk of eutrophication in thebarrage pond, possibly caused by discharges ofinadequately treated sewage from existing seweragesystems. This is presented in Chapter 3.

The town planning requirements for Ghazi and Khalo, whichtogether will be affected both by the construction of theProject, particularly the barrage, and by the proximityof the initial length of the power channel. This ispresented in Chapter 4.

A preliminary design and cost estimate for the provisionof sewers and sewage treatment works for Ghazi and Khalo.At present, these towns rely on open drains and there isno treatment of the sewage which reaches the Indus. Thedischarges would adversely affect the quality of thewater in the Indus during the low-flow season. This ispresented in Chapter 5.

An assessment of the agricultural production which couldbe achieved on the irrigated spoil banks along the powerchannel, to check whether the loss of production fromland required for the channel, most of which isunirrigated, will be offset by the greater productivityof irrigated land. This is presented in Chapters 6 and 7.

An assessment of the environmental impact of the 500 kVpower transmission lines required to connect the powercomplex to the WAPDA grid system. This is presented inChapter 8.

An assessment of the environmental impact of an accessroad from the Haji Shah road to the power complex, to beformed by widening and surfacing an existing unsurfacedroad. This road is required to provide a suitable accessto the power complex for construction traffic. This ispresented in Chapter 9.

A study of the legal aspects of the purchase and resale of landrequired for the power channel and the spoil banks is beingconducted by a legal expert and will be reported separately.

REFERENCES

1.1 Pakistan Hydro Consultants; Ghazi-Gariala HydropowerProject, Feasibility Report, Volume 7: EnvironmentalAssessment, August 1991.

1.2 Pakistan Hydro Consultants; Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject, Report on Supplementary Environmental Studies,July 1992.

1.4

TABLE 1.1

PRINCIPAL PROJECT DATA Page 1 of 2

BARRAGE

Area of pond at normal pond level 1,140 haNormal pond level 340.0 mMaximum (survival flood) pond level 341.5 mLive storage volume 62 M cu mLow-flow season range in water level 3.3 mMaximum depth 14 mDesign flood discharge capacity 18,700 cumecsSurvival flood discharge capacity 46,200 cumecsConstruction flood 14,500 cumecsBridge carriageway width 9.3 mGates (No x width x height):

Standard bays 20 x 18.3 mn x 8.3 mUndersluices 8 x 18.3 m x 3.5 in

Head regulator 8 x 18.3 m x 7.5 m

POWER CHANNEL

Design flow 1,600 cumecsLongitudinal slope 1:9,600Length 52.0 kmFull supply depth 9.0 mSide slope 1V:2HWidth at water surface 94.4 mWater velocity 2.33 m/sFreeboard of concrete lining 1.5 mTail regulator gates

(No x width x height) 4 x 18.3 m x 9.5 mTotal excavation 76 M cu mService road width 10 mEmbankment width retained by WAPDA 25 m each sideRoad bridges 34Railway bridges . 1Pedestrian crossings 12Superpassages:

design flood (no overflow) 500 yearsNumber 26

Culverts 1Nullah inlets 18Escapes 5Permanent land requirement:

agricultural 950 haindustrial (Kamra complex) 53 ha

Temporary land requirement 1,640 haTubewells on spoil banks

(No x capacity) 150 x 7 1/s

1.5

PRINCIPAL PROJECT DATA Page 2 of 2

POWER COMPLEX

Turbine/generators (Francis) 5 No x 290 MWTotal generation capacity 1,450 MWTotal design flow 2,300 cumecsAverage annual energy output 6,600 GWhPenstock diameter 10.6 mForebay/headponds:

area 540 hanormal water level 334.0 mminimum water level 329.0 mlive storage volume 25.5 M cu mtotal embankment length 8.6 km

Spillway capacity 1,600 cumecsTailrace:

bed width 100 minvert level 255.0 mslope 1:7000

Tailwater levels:minimum 260.0 mflood of record 275.5 m (pre-Kalabagh)

Bridges across tailrace 1Land requirements:

structures 236 haheadponds and embankments 614 hapermanent colony 50 haaccess road from Haji Shah 19 ha

1.6

CHAPTER 2

FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

CHAPTER 2

FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT

2.1 INTRODUCTION

2.1.1 Description of the Project

The Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project (the Project) will belocated on the Indus river in the northwestern part of Pakistan,downstream of the existing Tarbela dam. The Project will developfor power generation the hydraulic head available between thetailrace at Tarbela and the confluence of the Indus and Harorivers. In this reach, the Indus river drops by 76 m in adistance of 63 km.

The Project comprises three basic components:

- a barrage, located about 7 km downstream of Tarbela,forming a pond that will allow diurnal re-regulation ofthe discharges from Tarbela and diverting water to

- a 52-km-long concrete-lined power channel of 1,600 cumecscapacity, (58.4 m bottom width, 9.0 m depth, 2:1 sideslopes, 2.33 m/s velocity) located on the left bank ofthe Indus and following a uniform gradient to

- a 1,450 MW power complex, including two headponds, thatwill generate power and discharge the water back into theIndus river just above its confluence with the Haroriver.

Diversion of river flow for the Project will commence with pondfilling and channel testing, which are scheduled to begin inMay 1999. Testing of the first unit is scheduled to begin inDecember 1999. Full operation will begin eight months later whenthe fifth unit is commissioned.

During the construction period, flows in the Indus riverdownstream of Tarbela will follow roughly the same route as theydo currently. Beginning in August 1995, there will be temporaryredirection of flow in the vicinity of the barrage site. Acofferdam will be constructed to allow left bank structures to bebuilt. Two years later, this cofferdam will be removed, acofferdam will be constructed to allow building right bankstructures, and discharge from Tarbela will be passed throughundersluice bays.

After the barrage is closed, flows in excess of 1,600 cumecs willbe discharged into the existing Indus river channel. During thelow-flow season, there will be a minimum average flow of 28cumecs released as compensation flow. This average flow willprobably be released in pulses to assist in the maintenance ofwater quality downstream and in the control of disease vectors.

2.1

The Project will have an installed generating capacity of1,450 MW, with an average annual energy output of 6,600 millionkWh. The powerhouse will contain five power units of 290 MWeach. Project features available for fisheries developmentinclude 540 ha of headponds at the power complex and 1,140 ha ofbarrage pond.

The normal operation of the Project will comprise:

- discharging excess flows through the barrage during thehigh-flow period when the average daily discharge exceedsthe power channel capacity;

- re-regulating the daily peaking discharges from Tarbelawithin the barrage pond during the low-flow period;

- during each 10-day period during which the total dailydischarge from Tarbela is defined by irrigationrequirements, releasing a constant flow into the powerchannel by appropriate operation of the head regulatorgates;

- maintaining full supply level at the downstream end ofthe power channel, by appropriate operation of the tailregulator gates;

- operating the turbines at higher discharges during peakhours, drawing on water stored in the headponds, and

- outside peak hours, reducing turbine output in order toallow the flow in the channel to refill the headpondsbefore the next peak demand period.

Peaking operations during low flows will produce daily fluctua-tions of as much as 3.3 m in the barrage pond elevation and200 ha of its area (Drawing 2.1, El. 336.7 to 340 m). Barragepond levels will not fluctuate significantly during high flows.The headponds will fluctuate by about 2.0 m per day at high flowsand by as much as 5.0 m per day at low flows.

2.1.2 Objectives of Study

The Third Report of the Environmental Review Panel of the WorldBank for the Ghazi-Barotha Project (Annex VIII, Item 8 (f), July1992) recommended:

"WAPDA is also requested to prepare a study, followingrecommendation of the World Wide Fund for Nature(Pakistan) to evaluate current and potential fisheryresources in the greater Project area. The study wouldreview current fish populations and fishing activities inthe study area. It would include a review of thepotential for enhancing fishery resources following

2.2

completion of the barrage at Ghazi and the headponds ofthe Power Complex at Barotha by stocking them with one ormore native fish species. The study should also examineif a fish ladder or other means of access is required tothe barrage pond from the river below. The study shouldalso evaluate which parties would be entitled to fishingrights in the barrage pool and headpond."

Therefore, the objectives of this study were to:

- review current fish populations and fishing activities inthe Project area;

- review potential for enhancing fishery resources aftercompletion of the Project by stocking with native fishspecies;

- examine if a fish ladder should be provided at thebarrage, and

- evaluate which parties would be entitled to fishingrights in the barrage pool and headponds.

2.2 PRESENT FISHERIES

2.2.1 Riverine environment

In the Project area, between Tarbela dam and the confluence withthe Haro river, the Indus is divided into three distinct zones:

= a braided alluvial channel, from Tarbela to Khairabad;

- Attock gorge, from Khairabad to Darwazai, and

= an alluvial basin, from Darwazai to the confluence withthe Haro river.

In the first zone, the Indus flows in a broad (2 to 5 km wide)braided alluvial channel before joining the Kabul river andentering Attock gorge. This zone is characterised by a variety ofmorphological features including islands (belas) at variousstages of formation and vegetative cover. These range from belaswhich are rarely flooded and have well-established woodland, tobare bars of sand and gravel which are flooded every year. Duringthe low-flow season, this zone also includes river creeks andisolated ponds encircled by bars; these features are subject tochange by erosion and deposition during each flood season. Thesemorphological features make this zone favourable for fishing.

The Indus below Khairabad flows in a deep and narrow channel withsteep and rocky banks. These features, together with the strongcurrents, restrict fishing. Moreover, the Punjab FisheriesDepartment has applied an embargo on fishing in these zones.

2.3

The effects of the Project on fisheries in the Indus river willtherefore be limited to the first zone, between Tarbela dam andthe confluence with the Kabul river.

2.2.2 Fish Species in Indus

The fisheries literature relating to northern Pakistan wascomprehensively reviewed. Information on fisheries in TarbelaReservoir and the Indus river in the Project area was alsoobtained from interviews of Dr. William George, Director ofFisheries for the Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA)and Muhammad Baqar Chauhan, Assistant Director of Fisheries incharge of the WAPDA fish hatchery at Ghazi.

Table 2.1 presents a summary of all the fish species that havebeen found in the Indus between Tarbela dam and the confluence ofthe Indus and Kabul rivers. This information is based on existingliterature, discussions with WAPDA Fisheries, ProvincialFisheries Departments and local fishermen.

2.2.3 Survey of Commercial Fishermen

Commercial fishermen in the vicinity of the Project were surveyedduring the period February 1-6, 1994. Commercial fishermen werelocated by visits to markets, interviews of village leaders, andobservations during a boat journey from Tarbela to the confluenceof the Kabul river. A questionnaire (Annex I) was administeredto each fisherman. Among the 40 villages along the left bankbetween Tarbela and Attock Khurd (Drawing 1.1), 24 villages onthe right bank, and five villages in the vicinity of thepowerhouse site, 16 commercial fishermen were located from the 17villages that were visited, as shown on the following table.

NUMBER OF COMMERCIAL FISHERMEN IN VARIOUS VILLAGESALONG THE INDUS

LEFT BANK NUMBER OF RIGHT BANK NUMBER OF POWERHOUSE NUMBER OFVILLAGES FISHERMEN VILLAGES FISHERMEN VICINITY FISHERMEN

Ghazi 0 Galla 1 Barotha 1Khalo 0 Pontia 0 Dher 0Isa 1 Zarobai 1 Jaba 0Hasanpur 2 Bata Kara 4Abu-Bakar 1 Amber 0Haroon 1 Topi 0Ghurghushti 1 Hund 3

An additional commercial fisherman was located on the river whowas from Beka Dheri on the right bank. Most of the fishermenwere located while they were fishing on the river. Villagers

2.4

were often reluctant to discuss fishing activity because mostfishermen were unlicensed. Among the 17 fishermen interviewed,only two had purchased the required license that costsRs. 100/year.

In addition, many village households along the river fish once ortwice a week to provide for their domestic needs. These peoplegenerally consume the fish they catch and sell locally only ifthey happen to catch an excess.

2.2.4 Results of Survey

Most of the commercial fishermen who were interviewed weremembers of joint families where some family member attended tothe main occupation while another was fishing. Frequently,brothers would take turns attending to fishing or agriculture.he division of labour among joint family members was 47%agriculture, 37% fishing, 12% service or labour and 4% business.only 12% of those interviewed (ie 2 fishermen) were full-timefishermen. Most (59%) were from families of 4 to 6 persons.Families of three or fewer persons accounted for 29% of thesurvey total and families of 11 or more persons accounted for12%.

All fishing is done with nylon gillnets. Most fishing is donedaily during November through February, but some fishing occursduring all months of the year except June, July and August, whenfishing is closed by the government. High water levels inSeptember also interfere with fishing. The fishermen prefer tofish in shallow, slow moving water. Winter days are better forcatching and selling fish because the fishermen have no ice orrefrigeration. Moreover, the people are in the habit of eatingfish during winter.

The fishermen begin fishing in the late afternoon and continuethrough the night. The next morning, they take the fish to thenearest market. Fish markets are located in Ghazi, Topi andZaida. Some fish are also sent to Haripur. Most (65%) of thefishermen travel by bus 5 km or less from the fishing location tothe market, 29% travel 6-10 km and 6% travel more than 10 km. Thetransportation costs are Rs. 2 or less for 35% of the fishermenwho either do not use public transport or use it for a shortdistance only, Rs. 9 to 11 for 30% and Rs. 12 or more for thosewho travel 6 km or more.

The large cyprinid Schizothorax plagiostomus, known locally asmullah, accounts for most of the catch. Interviews of fishermenand shopkeepers revealed the fishermen receive Rs. 17-25/kg fromshopkeepers, who sell the fish to the public at Rs. 20-27/kg.Shopkeepers pay fishermen Rs. 35-40/kg for other species, whichare sold retail at Rs. 45-50/kg.

The fishermen report that mullah is much more abundant than otherfish because it is well-adapted to the cold temperatures found

2.5

in this part of the Indus river. It also is well-adapted to fastcurrents by virtue of a lower lip reflected back from the jaw toform a papillated adhesive plate that they can use to attachthemselves to rock substrates (Ref. 2.1). They have an abundantfood supply because they feed on the algal slime (periphyton)covering the rocks.

Fishermen report that mullah breeds throughout the year. Theycommonly grow to 2 kg and may attain 6 kg. The following tablepresents survey data on mullah sizes and catches.

MAXIMUM LENGTH AND WEIGHT OF MULLAH

% OF RESPONDENTS MAXIMUM LENGTH (cm) MAXIMUM WEIGHT (kg)

71 44-55 1-223 60-65 3-46 80-100 5-6

The median total weight of the daily catch is about 10 kg. Therange in total daily catches is summarised below.

RANGE OF TOTAL CATCH OF MULLAH

% OF RESPONDENTS TOTAL WEIGHT OF CATCH (kg)

6 2-436 4-829 9-1223 13-206 21 or more

During an entire week of fishing during the prime (winter)season, the typical fisherman will catch only one or two fish ofother species. These will usually also be large cyprinids, suchas common carp or chaina (Cyrpinus carpio), chhali (Labeo dero),mahseer (Tor putitora) and shoondal (Recoma labiata). Duringwarm weather, these species become slightly more abundant andadditional species appear, including silver carp(Hypophthalmichthvs molitrix), sheer mahi (Clupisoma naziri),sulemani (Glyptothorax puniabensis), daula (Channa punctata) anddauli (Channa gachua).

These additional species may move up from downstream or may bereleased from Tarbela reservoir when the spillway is openedduring summer. All these species breed during the summer.Maximum sizes of these species, as reported by fishermen, areshown on the following table.

2.6

MAXIMUM LENGTH AND WEIGHT OF FISH OTHER THAN MULLAH

SPECIES LENGTH (cm) WEIGHT (kg)

Mahseer 60 2.5Chhali 30 1Shoondal 70 5 to 6Common carp 75 12Silver carp 80 12Sheer mahi 20 0.3Sulemani 20 0.5Daula 30 0.5Dauli 20 0.3

2.2.5 Fisheries in Tarbela Reservoir

The temperature regime at Tarbela is a challenge to fisherydevelopment because it is intermediate between warm water andcold water conditions. Most large cyprinids cultured in southAsia are warm water 'species with preferred temperatures in therange of 22 to 30 C. This part of the Indus river hastemperatures of 17 to 20 C during summer and 9 to 11 C duringwinter.

Fish production is also limited by a V-shaped bottom that limitsthe penetration of sunlight to the productive bottom area. Sixtypercent of the shoreline is rocky and steep. Maximum depth ofthe reservoir is about 120 m, and temperature stratification mayoccur in summer.

Annual fish production is 100 tonnes from Tarbela (4 kg/ha atfull pool), as opposed to 880 tonnes from Mangla (WAPDA's othermajor reservoir), even though the two reservoirs are similar inarea. Ninety percent of the Tarbela fishery depends on theKhalabat pocket, a shallow bay in the southeast portion of thereservoir that is fed by the Siran river. The Siran river islikely to be the breeding grounds for mahseer caught in Tarbela.

Common carp and mahseer make up most of the Tarbela fishery, withthe former being the most common; it often grows to 10 kg and mayattain 20 kg. Mahseer is next commonest, and usually grows up to2 kg. WAPDA has had good success with stocking common carp andsilver carp. Silver carp ranks third in the fishery and grows upto 8 kg. Mrigal (Cirrhinus mricaala) and rohu (Labeo rohita) makeup 5% of the catch. Tilapia (Oreochromis mossambicus) wereintroduced accidentally, are reproducing, and make up 7% of thecatch. Catla catla was tried without success during 1988-1990.Mullah is not common in the Khalabat pocket, but it is commonupstream and downstream.

2.7

2.3 FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL

2.3.1 River and Pond Environment

Schemes for development of fisheries in conjunction with theGhazi-Barotha Project must take into account the changedenvironment that will exist after the Project is in operation.On the average, 10-day releases from Tarbela are above1,600 cumecs for about 49% of the time. Releases above1,600 cumecs will be spilled from the barrage pond into theexisting Indus river channel. During the low-flow period thatbegins about the middle of October and continues until early May(Drawing 2.2), the average discharge in the existing Indus riverchannel downstream from the barrage will be 28 cumecs, plus aboutone cumec from the Badri Khwar (Drawing 1.1), groundwater seepageinto the channel, and the discharge of the Kabul river. TheKabul river 10-day average discharges vary from 280 to 2,300cumecs during this period and average 820 cumecs.

Low flows in the Indus and good fishing conditions similar topresent winter flows will occur during May, September and earlyOctober. During cool months, when most fishing now occurs,fishing in the Project area will take place in the barrage pond,the headponds, in deep pools between the barrage and the Kabulriver, and throughout the Indus river below the Attock gorge.

There will also be changes in substrate type in the Project area.At present, the Indus river bed is rock, gravel and sand. Theright bank of the barrage pond area is rocky. The left bank iscomposed of finer particles. The headponds will be constructedwith steeply sloping banks, protected in the wave zone withriprap. The embankments will enclose on three sides the graduallysloping bottom of the natural ground surface which includessilty, sandy, gravelly and rocky areas. Silt will not accumulatein the power channel due to the high water velocities, but willaccumulate in the headponds and barrage pond. A silt substrateis usually more productive of bottom-dwelling (benthic) insectsand other organisms than a sand or rock substrate, but is lessproductive than a gravel substrate.

Tarbela reservoir currently traps most of the silt that istransported down the river. The sediment delta is about 14 kmupstream of the dam. In the initial years of the Project (up toabout 2015), before sand starts passing through Tarbela, thesilts and clays will fill the dead storage within most of thebarrage pond to about El. 332 m (Drawing 2.3) during late May andearly June when high sediment outflow will occur with moderateflows. Subsequently, as flows increase during July and August,material will be eroded from the bed of the pond, but the limitof erosion is likely to be around El. 329 m.

After about 2015, when large quantities of clay, silt and finesand will be discharged from Tarbela at the end of May and thebeginning of June, a residual channel will be created in the

2.8

pond, whose cross section will be determined mainly by thedominant discharge from Tarbela each flood season.

From July until the following May, almost no coarse sediment willbe discharged from Tarbela. In May and June, largeconcentrations of sediment are expected to reduce temporarily thesize of the residual channel until a balance is reached with thesediment transport capacity of the steeper channel. This channelwill then be eroded by the increasing flows until these reachtheir maximum in August.

Water quality data collected in and near the Project area duringthe summer and winter of 1974 (Ref. 2.2) indicated water qualitysuitable for fisheries development. The pH is slightly alkaline.Total alkalinity was less than 50 mg/l during winter, indicatinglow productivity, but some summertime measurements were 320 to400 mg/l. There is some evidence of organic enrichment in theProject area. Dissolved oxygen levels vary, probably due tostratification in the reservoir. Measurements in 1974 in andnear the Project area were as low as 4.9 mg/l in the summer and5.5 mg/l in the winter. However, values of about 7.3 mg/l wererecorded in January 1994 (Table 3.2). Measurements of 5-day BODat Tarbela during January 1994 were 34 to 42 mg/l. BOD may havebeen influenced by withdrawing water from the bottom of thereservoir.

2.3.2 Suitability of Local Wild and Cultured Fish

General

Mullah, mahseer, common carp, major carps and Chinese carps areimportant species in fisheries of the Indus river and Tarbelareservoir. Examination of their feeding and breedingrequirements (Table 2.2), their temperature preferences and theirgeographic distributions provided strong indications of whichspecies would be best adapted to the barrage pond and headpondsof the Ghazi-Barotha Project.

Mullah, common carp, and the Chinese carps: bighead carp andsilver carp, are well adapted to the temperature regime and havefeeding habits that allow them to use specific niches that willbe available in the Project ponds. The Chinese carps and,perhaps, common carp will not reproduce naturally in the Projectponds and will require hatchery inputs of fingerlings. The majorcarps: catla, rohu and mrigal, can also be tried as an experimentinitially and, depending upon their success, subsequently.

Mullah, which currently dominates the fishery in this part of theIndus, could fare well on the stony banks of the barrage pond andthe riprap on the banks of the headponds. They might also dowell in the concrete-lined power channel, although they would notbe available to fishermen until they moved into one of the ponds.When silt accumulates in the bottom of the barrage pond, commoncarp may successfully colonize this area.

2.9

Silver carp and bighead carp would be the open-water feeders bestsuited for the Project area. The major carps are naturally foundin the lower parts of the Indus, but could be introduced. Theyhave been successfully introduced in India in reservoirs up toabout 1,300 m above sea level (Ref. 2.3), so could also beintroduced. Discussions of individual species or species groupsare presented below.

Mullah (Schizothorax plagiostomus)

Mullah, which currently is the dominant fish harvested from theProject area, is specially adapted to life in rocky streams withswift currents. It occurs in hill streams along the Himalayafrom Assam through Pakistan. It also occurs in Afghanistan andfarther west, usually at an altitude above 670 m (Ref. 2.4). Itspapillated labial plate aids it in maintaining position on rocks,while the lower jaw is sharp and covered by a thick horny pad forscraping periphyton (Ref. 2.1). The papillated labial platedevelops through a slow and gradual process; it is poorlydeveloped in early stages of development (Ref. 2.4). Stomachcontents have included Spiroayra, coryxids, sponges and debris(Ref. 2.5). Hora (Ref. 2.6) commented:

"Its horizontal paired fins, flattish ventral surface andpapillated lower lip are modified for the purpose ofadhesion; whereas its subcylindrical body is adapted tooffer the least resistance to rushing currents ...[it) isa powerful swimmer and can dart from rock to rock withgreat rapidity. It prefers to live among rocks on thesloping side of a rapid over which water rushes withgreat speed."

Butt (Ref. 2.7) expressed the opinion that "these are the mostsuitable fish for the commercial exploitation of bodies ofwater of the region". Mullah apparently breeds more than once,ayear (Ref. 2.8). It tolerates temperatures of 8 to 22 C(Ref. 2.9).

Utilization of this species will require basic research into itsbiology and ecology, including breeding seasons and methods ofpropagation. Because it is said to breed throughout the year,hatchery facilities could be used during winter for breeding ofthis species. Running-ripe females were found at the Projectarea in the first week of February 1994.

Mahseer (Tor putitora)

Mahseers are highly prized game and food fish, but they areunlikely to be a successful species for fishery development atGhazi-Barotha, because they are not abundant in that reach of theIndus river and water temperatures are probably well belowoptimal. The species are not captured in great numbers from theIndus river downstream of Tarbela, but it is the second mostimportant fish in the Khalabat pocket fishery in Tarbelareservoir. Little is known of its reproductive habits, but Mirza

2.10

(Ref. 2.9) identified the Siran river, the flooded lower valleyof which forms the Khalabat pocket, as one of four streams inNWFP where young ones were collected during November andDecember.

It is almost certain that Mahseer migrates long distancesupstream to spawn. Because the fish has thrived in Khalabatpocket, optimal temperatures for mahseer are probably warmer thantemperatures in the rest of Tarbela reservoir or the Indus river.The predominately carnivorous feeding habits of this species(Ref. 2.10) would also limit the amount of production that couldbe harvested from Project waters.

Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio)

Common carp can tolerate a wide range of temperature (0°C to morethan 400C), but it is best adapted to conditions fartherdownstream on the Indus because the most suitable temperature isin the range of 23 to 290C (Ref. 2.7). Common carp would also betolerant of silt deposited on the bottom of the barrage pond, andwill feed on tubificids, oligochaetes and chironomid larvaeliving in the silt.

major Carps

The major carps rohu (Labeo rohita), mrigal or morakhi (Cirrhinusmriqala), and catla or theila (Catla catla) are widely culturedin Pakistan and nearby countries. The fish hatchery at Ghaziproduces rohu and mrigal. These fish breed naturally inflooded fields on river margins. Hypophisation is required tobreed them in a hatchery. Although these species are native tothe Indus river, they are not common in the Project area becauseof the cool temperatures (Ref. 2.2). Labeo dero, a speciessimilar to L. rohita, frequently occurs in the Project area, butis not abundant. While L. rohita usually thrives below analtitude of 550 m, L. dero inhabits torrential hill-streams inshallow waters (Ref. 2.4).

Major carps are common farther downstream, where watertemperatures are more often in the optimal range of 20 to 300C(Ref. 2.7 & 2.8). Because it feeds on decaying vegetation,mrigal would not be suitable for the Project area unless sometype of vegetation could be cultivated on the banks of thebarrage pond that would tolerate daily fluctuations in waterlevel that are expected during November through April. Rohu is acolumn and bottom feeder, more omnivorous than mrigal, but stillconsumes a preponderance of plant matter (Ref. 2.4 & 2.11).

The major carps catla, rohu and mrigal may also be tried forexperimentation in the first instance. If these are successful,they should be stocked regularly.

2.11

Chinese Carps

Grass carp (Ctenopharvnaodon idella), silver carp(Hvpophthalmichthvs molitrix) and bighead carp (Aristichthysnobilis) are frequently cultured with common carp and majorcarps. Their gill arches are modified to specialized feedingapparati. Grass carp has grinding molars and feeds onvegetation. Silver carp and bighead carp have filtering systemsthat allow bighead carp to feed on zooplankton (smallcrustaceans) and silver carp to feed on phytoplankton(unicellular algae). Because they occur naturally as far northas the Amur river watershed on the China-Russia border, theywould be likely to be well adapted to the cool temperatures atthe Project site. Food would be a limitation.

Grass carp tend to be omnivorous but they would find littlevegetative forage available. During most of the year, theTarbela reservoir and the Indus river are clear, and silver carpor bighead carp could have their scope for growth limited by asparse food supply. Silver carp is a competitor for food withcatla, which have declined in abundance after silver carp werestocked into reservoirs in Madhya Pradesh, India (Ref. 2.4).

Stocks of these species would need to be maintained by ahatchery. They spawn in free-flowing rivers and their eggs,which are very slightly negatively buoyant, are carried by rivercurrents until hatching.

Hypophisation is required for breeding them in hatcheries. Thebighead also has the same feeding habits as those of catla andhence there is direct competition for food between these twospecies.

2.4 HATCHERY RESOURCES

The WAPDA hatchery at Ghazi currently supplies fish for stockingin Tarbela reservoir. The demand for stocking Tarbela is1.5 million fingerlings per year, but the annual production atGhazi is 200,000 to 300,000 fingerlings of common carp, rohu andmrigal (morakhi). WAPDA is constructing a new hatchery atHaripur that will supply Tarbela, so production from the Ghazihatchery could be available for Ghazi-Barotha.

Expansion of the Ghazi hatchery would be advisable becausecurrent production would allow stocking only 300fingerlings/ha/yr. The hatchery has plans to build three earthenponds that could double their capacity. There is also anadditional 8 ha of land available for future development ofhatchery and nursery ponds. A 28 1/s (1.0 cusec) tubewell hasbeen installed. Production could also be increased by breedingmullah during the winter, common carp during spring, major carpsand Chinese carps during the summer.

2.12

2.5 FISH LADDER AT THE BARRAGE

Mahseer is the principal migratory fish in the vicinity of theProject. It occurs in the Indus river as far downstream as thevicinity of Kalabagh (Ref. 2.12 & 2.13) and migrates upstream fora considerable distance to spawn. Spawning areas for mahseerwere reported by Mirza (Ref. 2.9) from the rivers Siran, Dor,Kabul, and Haro (Drawing 2.4) and the Soan river and itstributaries. However, spawning has not been reported from theIndus river between Tarbela dam and the confluence with the Kabulriver. The migration of mahseer upstream of the confluence of theIndus and Kabul rivers has been stopped by Tarbela dam. AboveTarbela dam, mahseer are known to spawn in the Siran river, andmahseer are the second most abundant fish in the harvest from theKhalabat pocket of Tarbela reservoir.

Fish ladders are built to allow fish to pass over some obstacleacross a river (for example a weir, a dam or a waterfall) andthus provide access to spawning areas upstream or to migrationroutes downstream. Thus ladders are included in the design ofweirs and dams where fish are known to migrate past the proposedsite.

A fish ladder normally consists of a series of pools, each with arelatively narrow gap of perhaps 0.5 m width in the downstreamwall through which water flows into the next pool. The gap isnarrow so that the total flow is limited, thus allowing fish torest in each pool before attempting to pass through the next gapinto the upstream pool. The height difference between istypically about 0.6 m, this being a reasonable height for a fishto jump and also helping to limit both the velocity through thegap and the total flow through the pools. For a dam say only 20 mhigh, the fish ladder will include over 30 pools, sometimes withone or two larger pools provided at intervals where fish canrest, sometimes for a day or two. It follows that negotiating along fish ladder upstream is a taxing process which can takeseveral days.

For a fish migrating upstream, the negotiation of a fish laddercan be complicated by the "invisibility" of the start of theladder, because the small flow may be masked by large dischargesfrom irrigation outlets, spillways or turbines. Similarly, fisheither returning downstream after spawning or migratingdownstream to spawn will tend to be attracted by flows at anintake and thus not find the ladder.

In some projects where the dam is high and a fish ladder would betoo long and taxing for fish, sophisticated mechanical fish liftshave been provided, with mixed results.

Unless fish have some compelling reason, such as spawning, formoving up through a fish ladder, they will seldom expend theenergy to swim through one. No fish ladder has been built toexpand feeding areas for a fish species, as opposed tomaintaining access to a spawning area.

2.13

A fish ladder at the barrage would be warranted if migrationroutes to extensive areas of the Indus river or its tributarieswere to be blocked by the Project. This will not occur becausethere is no way for a migrating fish to pass upstream of Tarbeladam, only 7 km upstream of the barrage. No special habitats existin the barrage pond area that would attract fish to pass upstreamfrom the Indus river.

The routes for fish out of Tarbela are the turbines and tunnels 4and 5, and via the spillways. Passage through the turbines willbe difficult and hazardous. Water for the turbines and tunnels isdrawn from low level which is not attractive to the importantfish in the reservoir. The spillways discharge water from higherlevels, but only during the flood season, during which the majorpart of the total flow into the barrage pond will be dischargedthrough the barrage gates. Thus fish will not be trapped insidethe barrage pond during this period.

In view of the above, no advantage can be envisioned for a fishladder at the Ghazi barrage.

The power complex at Barotha is located off the Indus river andtherefore will pose no barrier for fish movement.

2.6 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

2.6.1 Plan to Maximise Fishery Value

During the construction period, flows in the Indus riverdownstream of Tarbela will follow roughly the same route as theydo currently, except in the immediate vicinity of the barrageconstruction site. Diversion of river flow for the Project willcommence with pond filling and channel testing, which arescheduled to begin in May 1999. The first unit will becommissioned in December 1999. Full Project operation will begineight months later when the fifth unit will be commissioned.Active management of fisheries at the Ghazi-Barotha Project canbegin when the barrage pond is filled. The Project should bestocked with fingerlings as soon as possible after that time.

The species best suited for fishery development in the barragepond and the headponds include mullah, common carp, silver carpand bighead carp. WAPDA hatchery facilities currently canprovide common carp and silver carp. Annual restocking will benecessary for silver carp and bighead carp, and may be necessaryfor common carp. Expansion of current hatchery facilities willbe required, but expansions already planned may be adequate. Themajor carps catla, rohu and mrigal may also be tried forexperimentation in the first instance. If these are successful,they should be stocked regularly.

2.14

In the five years remaining until filling of the barrage pond,WAPDA should:

- develop techniques to capture, hold and breed mullah(Schizothorax plagiostomus);

- institute a programme to license fishermen and allocatefishing rights, and

- institute a programme to monitor fish stocks so that thefishery can be properly managed.

2.6.2 Breeding of Mullah

Interviews with fishermen and direct observation of spawning canbe used to determine spawning habits of mullah, which can then beused to devise facilities to hatch the eggs in the hatchery.Collection of young mullah from the shallows of the Indus riverand examination of gut contents will serve as a guide formanagement of rearing ponds to provide food for fry andfingerlings. Because summer temperatures in the hatchery may betoo warm for holding brood stock, eggs and milt may need to becollected from fishermen's catches, or brood stock may need to bereplenished annually. Running-ripe females were collected inFebruary 1994 during the survey of fishermen for this study.

2.6.3 Monitoring Development of the Fishery

Judging the effectiveness of the Ghazi-Barotha fisheriesprogramme will require the establishment of a data base on thefishery. Test netting should be employed during the periodbetween stocking the ponds and opening the fishery. TarbelaReservoir, the direct source of water for the Project, is notvery productive. Thus two years may be required before stockedfish attain harvestable size. After the fishery is opened,nightly catches of fishermen should be randomly selected andsampled for the species, number and weight of fish caught.Trends in these measurements over time should guide stocking andharvest. Some of the fish caught may be tagged and releasedback in the barrage pond to evaluate survival, transfer down thechannel and growth rates.

2.6.4 Production Targets and Levels of Investment

There is no generally accepted technique for prediction of fishproduction from rivers or reservoirs with short residence times,such as the Ghazi barrage pond. The limited data from this studyprovide order-of-magnitude guidance on fish production in theProject area and appropriate budgets for fisheries support. Themedian nightly catch of 17 fishermen from the survey for thisstudy was 10 kg. They apparently fish almost nightly during theseason and most fishing occurs during October through February.

2.15

Thus, a rough estimate of annual harvest might be:

20 fishermen x 10 kg fish/fishermen/night x 150 nights/year

= 30,000 kg fish/year

This amount of mullah would have a retail market value ofRs. 600,000 to Rs. 810,000.

In addition, 10,000 kg fish/year (worth Rs. 200,000 to 270,000)might be caught during other months by the fishermen and theanglers.

Fishery management to maintain this level of fish production is,by necessity, still experimental. However, fish species havebeen selected to maximise production from the barrage pond andheadponds. Fish production from the Project ponds should begreater per unit area than that realised from Tarbela because agreater portion of the bottom area will be exposed to sunlight,and all of the bottom area will be shallow enough to allowefficient fishing.

The total area for fish culture in the above ponds has beencalculated after keeping in view the maximum drawdown andsubtracting the shallow marginal areas which are not suitable forfish. In this way about 900 ha in the barrage pond, 316 ha inthe north headpond and 70 ha in the south headpond becomeavailable for fish culture.

The introduction of various species of fish in ponds dependsupon the environmental conditions and the availability of food.For the Project, due to low water temperatures and scarcity ofnutrients in the water, the food will be the main limitingfactor. Keeping the above in view, only 300 fingerlings/ha/yr ofthe major carps, Chinese carps and the common carp arerecommended.

Grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella) will not be suitable asthere is little chance of the development of rooted vegetation,which is the main food for this species. Silver carp, big headcarp and catla feed on plankton and get their food from thesurface layers and water column, so they will compete for food.It will be possible to see which species is the most suitableafter some years of their introduction.

Rohu is mainly a column feeder but occasionally it may feed uponthe decaying vegetation at the bottom. Mrigal is predominantly abottom feeder, feeding mainly on the decaying vegetation, butsometimes it gets food from the water column. The common carp isa bottom omnivore but may also get food from the water column.

Keeping these points in view the following species arerecommended for stocking:

2.16

NUMBER OF FINGERLINGS ?OR STOCKING INGBHP PROJECT PONDS PER ANNUM

SPECIES OF % BARRAGE NORTH SOUTH TOTALFISH AGE POND HEADPOND HEADPOND

(900 ha) (316 ha) (70 ha)

Silver carp 10% 27000 9480 2100 38580Bighead carp 10% 27000 9480 2100 38580Catla 10% 27000 9480 2100 38580Rohu 30% 81000 28440 6300 115740Mrigal 20% 54000 18960 4200 77160Common carp 20% 54000 18960 4200 77160

Total 100% 270000 94800 21000 385800

In addition, mullah (Schizothorax plaQiostomus) will be foundnaturally in the barrage pond. It may continue to breed alongthe banks of the pond, as the water will be constantly flowing inthe pond. Following the construction of the barrage near Ghazi,the present population of this species in the barrage pond areamight get established. After a few years, when there is thedeposition of silt on the bed, the breeding of this species inthe pond might be interrupted and the stocking of this specieswould also become necessary.

Fingerlings about five months old, of 15-20 cm length, arepreferred for stocking, and the stocking rate may be as much as2,250/ha (Ref. 2.14). Keeping in view the environmentalconditions, the total number of fingerlings proposed for stockingin the Project ponds, at the rate of 300 fingerlings/ha, would be385,800. By test netting it will be possible to judge which ofthe introduced species would be more suitable for the barragepond and the headponds.

On the basis of the statistics given in the above table, it ishoped that at least 200,000 kg of fish would be harvestedannually, which is about 120 kg/ha. The average production inlarge shallow lakes is reported to be about 60 kg/ha, whereas aproduction of up to 750 kg/ha has been reported from smallerreservoirs (Ref. 2.14). If this fish is sold at the rate ofRs. 30/kg, it will fetch about Rs. 6 million per annum, which isabout six times the present income. The above income has beenestimated on the basis of the fish stocked in the Projectponds. To achieve this target it will be advisable thatcommercial fishing should not be allowed for two years after thefirst stocking of the fingerlings.

In addition, there would be some income from the catching ofmullah and other fish, and from collection of license fee fromthe anglers. The income from license charges from the fishermenand the anglers would be enough to establish new fish hatcheriesand nursery ponds and also for the recruitment of additionalfishery staff.

2.17

After the barrage is closed and a minimum flow of 28 cumecs isdischarged from the Ghazi barrage, the Indus river between Ghaziand the Kabul river will be shallower and will probably be warmerduring spring and autumn. Any deep pools scoured by high flowswill become more pond-like and are likely to become moreproductive. Spotted snakehead (Channa punctata) occurs in theProject area during summer, and may become more important afterthe Project becomes operational. It is a desirable food fishthat grows rapidly to as much as 31 cm in length. It breeds inponds almost throughout the year by building a nest in marginalweeds. It is found in muddy streams up to an altitude of 600 m(Ref. 2.4).

If further enhancement of fish production is desirable,artificial pools for fish production could be created by dredgingof the Indus river channel. After much of the barrage pond issilted in, fish production areas could also be created bydredging silt into dikes (bunds), suitably protected againstscour, to create fish ponds in the heavily silted areas. Smallsubmersible dikes could be constructed within the drawdown zoneof the barrage pool or the headponds to create permanent areas of0.25-0.50 ha of optimum depth (1-2 m) for aquatic plants.

To help prevent damage to nets, the trees growing in some areasof the barrage pond and the headponds should be removed beforeinundation.

2.6.5 Allocation of Fishing Rights

Provision should be made for continuation of activity and incomefor those persons currently involved in fishing. Making thisprovision is complicated by the fact that most fishermen arecurrently unlicensed, and those who are not currently involved infishing might make a claim to participate in the fishery afterthe Project begins operation.

Adequate documentation of participation in fisheries could beachieved by posting notices with the fish retailers in Ghazi,Topi and Zaida to the effect that only those who held fishinglicenses during the two years prior to Project operation would beallowed to fish in the barrage pond and the headponds. Therequirement of two years of licensing would serve to preventoverfishing from new fishermen eager to exploit new waters.Enforcement actions could also be used to encourage compliance.For example, a fisherman caught fishing without a license couldhave his net confiscated, but could retrieve it after purchasinga license and paying a small fine.

The problem of fishing rights needs serious consideration. Theusual practice with WAPDA Fisheries is that the fishing rightsare sold to the fish contractors by open auction. This method isnot recommended. The fishing rights should be allotted to thelocal fishermen who have been affected by the Project.

2.18

The fishing rights of the barrage pond should be restricted tothe commercial fishermen belonging to Isa, Hasanpur, Abu-Bakr,Haroon and Ghurgushti on the left bank and those belonging toGalla, Zarobai, Batakara and Hund on the right bank. The fishingrights of the headponds should be given to the people belongingto Barotha, Beka Dheri, etc., who have been directly affected bythe construction of the power complex.

The method of issuing licenses and fixing the quota for eachcommercial fisherman is a complicated problem. Most of thefishermen are poor and cannot purchase the fishing equipmentnecessary for fishing in the Project ponds, whereas theconventional methods of fishing now in vogue in the river Induswould not be suitable. For this purpose, a Fishermen'sCooperative Society should be constituted under the guidance ofWAPDA Fisheries and the Project NGO, who should arrange for theirtraining and financial assistance.

During the period between the filling of the Project ponds andopening of the commercial fisheries (at least two years) theaffected commercial fishermen should be compensated or providedwith suitable employment so that they do not suffer financialhardship.

For the anglers, the usual method of issuing of licenses by WAPDAFisheries would be appropriate.

REFERENCES

2.1 Mirza, M. R. 1973. Aquatic fauna of Swat Valley,Pakistan, Part I, Fish of Swat and adjoining areas.Biologia (Pakistan) 19(1 & 2):119-144.

2.2 Ali, S. R., M. Ahmad, M. R. Mirza, M. A. S. Ansari and N.Akhtar, 1980. Hydrobiological studies of the Indusriver above and below the Tarbela Dam. Pakistan Journalof Scientific Studies 2 (1 & 2):15-31.

2.3 Narayan, P., 1992. Present status of coldwater fisheriesin Kumaon Himalaya. In: Recent Researches in ColdwaterFisheries (1992): 5-9(Ed. K.L. Sehgal).

2.4 Talwar, P. K. and A. G. Jhingran, 1991. Inland Fishof India and Adjacent Countries. oxford & IBH PublishingCo., New Dehli. Two volumes.

2.5 Ali, S. R., 1968. Bottom fauna of the streams andrivers of Hazara District after summer rains. PakistanJournal of Scientific and Industrial Research 11(2):208-211.

2.6 Hora, S. L., 1934. Fish of Chitral. Records of theIndian Museum 36:279-320 as cited in Ref. 2.1.

2.19

2.7 Butt, J. A., 1986. Fish and Fisheries of North WestFrontier Province (N.W.F.P.) Pakistan. Biologia(Pakistan) Vol. 32 Special Supplement: 21-33.

2.8 Butt, J. A. and M. Hayat, 1978. Breeding seasons infreshwater fish of North West Frontier Province,Pakistan. Bulletin of Hydrobiological Research 1:20 &21:479-486.

2.9 Mirza, M. R., 1976. Fish and fisheries of the northernmontane and submontane regions of Pakistan. Biologia(Pakistan) 22:107-120.

2.10 Butt, J. A. and K. Khan, 1987. Food of freshwaterfish of North West Frontier Province, Pakistan.Proceedings of the 7th Pakistan Congress of Zoology:217-233.

2.11 Nazneen, S. and G. A. Bari, 1982. Gut contents ofHaleji Lake fish for the determination of theimportance of phytoplankton as fish food. PakistanJournal of Agricultural Research 3(3):156-169.

2.12 Khan, Hamid, 1946. A fishery survey of River Indus.Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society 46(3):529-535.

2.13 Mirza, M. R., and M. A. Jan, 1993. Fish fauna ofKalabagh, Pakistan. Biologia (Pakistan) 38(1):17-22.

2.14 Pillay, T.V.R.,1990. Aquaculture: Principles andpractices. Fishing News Books.

2.20

TABLE 2.1

FISH OF THE INDUS RIVER FROM TARBELA TO KABUL CONFLUENCE

SCIENTIFIC NAMES COMMON NAMES

ORDER OSTEOGLOSSIFORMES

FAMILY NOTOPTERIDAE

1. Notopterus notopterus (Pallas) Patra, Patri, Pari

ORDER SALMONIFORMES

FAMILY SALMONIDAE

2. Salmo trutta fario Linnaeus Brown Trout

ORDER CYPRINIFORMES

FAMILY CYPRINIDAE

3. AmblypharynQodon mola (Hamilton) Makni

4. Aspidoparia morar (Hamilton) Chilwa

5. Barilius pakistanious Mirza & Sadiq Pakistani chilwa

6. Barilius vagra (Hamilton) Lahori chilwa

*7. Cirrhinus mrigala (Hamilton) Mrigal, Mori, Morakhi

8. Crossocheilus diplocheilus (Heckel) Reti

*9. Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus Chaina, Gulfam, Commoncarp

10. Danio devario (Hamilton) Patha, Makhni

11. Garra cotyla (Gray) Patherchat, Nai

12. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix Silver carp(Valenciennes)

13. Labeo dero (Hamilton) Chhali

*14. Labeo rohita (Hamilton) Rohu

15. Racoma labiata McClelland Shoondal

16. Salmostoma bacaila (Hamilton) Chal

17. Salmostoma Runiabensis (Day) Punjabi chal

2.21

TABLE 2.1 (Cont'd)

18. Schizopyge esocinus (Heckel) Ranth

19. Schizothorax placiostomus Heckel Mullah, Keerni, Gulguli

20. Tor putitora (Hamilton) Mahseer

FAMILY COBITIDAE

21. Botia birdi Chaudhuri Soondal, Botia

FAMILY NEMACHEILIDAE

22. Acanthocobitis botia (Hamilton) Soondli

23. Nemacheilus corica (Hamilton) Soondli

24. Triplophysa gracilis (Day) Singhat

25. Triplophysa Yasinensis (Alcock) Singhat

FAMILY BAGRIDAE

26. Mystus bleekeri (Day) Bleekeri teengara

FAMILY SILURIDAE

27. Ompok pabda (Hamilton) Pafta

FAMILY SCHILBEIDAE

28. Clupisoma naziri Mirza & Awan Sheer Mahi

FAMILY SISORIDAE

29. Gagata cenia (Hamilton) Gagata

30. Glyptothorax punjabensis SulemaniMirza & Kashmiri

31. Glyptothorax stocki Mirza & Nijssen Sulemani

FAMILY AMBLYCIPITIDAE

32. Amblyceps mangois (Hamilton) Sanglai

FAMILY HETEROPNEUSTIDAE

33. Heteropneustes fossilis (Bloch) Singhi

2.22

TABLE 2.1 (Cont'd)

ORDER BELONIFORMESFAMILY BELONIDAE

34. Xenentodon cancila (Hamilton) Kan

ORDER CHANNIFORMES

FAMILY CHANNIDAE

35. Channa punctata (Bloch) Daula

36. Channa qachua (Hamilton) Dauli

ORDER PERCIFORMES

FAMILY BELONTIIDAE

37. Colisa fasciata (Bloch) Bari kanghi

FAMILY CICHLIDAE

*38. Oreochromis mossambicus (Peters) Tilapia

ORDER MASTACEMBELIFORMES

FAMILY MASTACEMBELIDAE

39. Mastacembelus armatus (Lacepede) Mamahi, Bam

Notes:1. Species marked with an asterisk(*) have been introduced in

Tarbela Reservoir and come down to Ghazi on the opening ofthe spillways.

2. Species No. 2 and 18 are usually found in the upper partsof the Indus river but sometimes enter Tarbela Reservoirand rarely come down to Ghazi on the opening of thespillways.

3. Species No. 1, 2, 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20, 27,28, 30, 33, 35, 36 and 38 are food fish.

2.23

TABLE 2.2

FEEDING AND SPAWNING HABITS OF FISH IMPORTANT TOFISHERIES DEVELOPMENT AT THE GHAZI-BAROTHA PROJECT

Feeding Food SpawningSpecies Location Type Location

Cyprinus carpio Column omnivore vegetation& bottom

Catla catla Surface zooplankton flooded shallows& column

Cirrhinus mrigala Column & detritus flooded shallowsbottom

Ctenopharyngodon shallow herbi- free-flowingidella water omnivore rivers

Labeo rohita Water herbi- flooded shallowscolumn omnivore& bottom

Tor putitora Water omnivore pebbles on streamcolumn margins

HvYophtha1michthys surface & phytoplankton free-flowingmolitrix column rivers

Aristichthys nobilis surface & zooplankton free-flowingwater riverscolumn

Schizothorax bottom periphyton gravel alongplagiostomus benthos stream banks

2.24

ANNEX 1

FISHERIES SURVEY INTERVIEW FORM

GHAZI-BAROTHA HYDROPOWER PROJECT

FISHERIES SURVEY

I. General

1. Name of the fisherman2. Village3. Household size - Adult Children

Male Female Male Female_

4. Family system Joint Family_Nuclear family_

5. Family occupation (No) Adult ChildrenMale Female Male Female

A. Fishing _

B. AgricultureC. Business _

D. ServiceE. Others

6. Fishing activity (tick which is applicable)

O Independent fishingO Joint family fishingO Group fishingO Fishing for a Contractor

II. 1. Species of fish found in the area.

1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6.7. 8. 9.

2. Which part of the year these species are available?

1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6.7. 8. 9.

3. What is the breeding season of the fish?

1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6.7. 8. 9.

2.25

Name of fish1. Schizothorax plagiostomus-Mullah2. Racoma labiata - Shoondal or Chun3. Labeo dero - Torki or Chhali4. Tor putitora - Mahseer5. Cyprinus carpio - Chaina6. Hypoph. molitrix - Silver carp7. Clupisoma naziri - Sheer mahi8. Notopterus sp. - Patra9. Cirrhinus mrigala - Mori, MrigalFishing gears . A. Nets , B. Rod and Line

4. What fishing gear you find the best?

1. A,B 2. A,B 3. A,B

5. Size and weight of fish?

1 2 34 5 67 8 9

6. What days are best for fishing?

In a week_In a month_In a year_

7. Do you fish daily? Yes/No

8. If no on what days?

In a week_In a month_In a year_

9. How many hours are spent on fishing in one day?

10. At what time does fishing start?

11. What type of water is best for fish/fishing?

1. 2. 3.

12. Where/when do the fish feed?

1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6.7. 8. 9.

2.26

13. How much fish do you catch? kg

1. In one day2. In one week_3. In one month_

III.Marketing

1. In which market do you sell your fish?_

2. How often do you go to the market?

A. Daily_ _B. Bi-weekly -C. Weekly_

3. How far is the market from the fishing spot?

4. The average transportation costfrom the fishing spot to the market_

5. What is the usual price of fish (per kg)?

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9.

6. What days/months of the year yourfish sell the best?_

IV. 1. If some of your family members are busy in agriculture,how much land/occupancy tenant each member/all thefamily has barani irrigated_ _

Ml M2 M3 Family_

2. If working as a sharecropper tenant how much land eachmember/family has?

barani irrigated_

Ml M2 M3 Family

3. How much income each member/family is making annuallyfrom agriculture? Rs. Ml M2__ M3 Family_

V. 1. If some members of your family are in service what typeof service they are busy in:

Ml M2 M3 Family_

Govt._____ _Private_

2.27

2. How many hours per day they have to beon the job? Ml M2__ M3 Family_

3. How much money they are making per person per month?

Ml Rs. M2 Rs. M3 Rs. Family Rs.

VI. 1. If some members/family is doing some business what typeof business?

Ml M2 M3 Family_

2. How much each member/family is earning per month?_

Ml Rs. M2 Rs. M3 Rs. Family Rs.

VII.l. Any other occupation the family members have?

Ml M2 M3 Family_

2. How much money per month per person/family earn?

Ml Rs._ M2 Rs. M3 Rs. Family Rs.

Note: M = Member of the family

2.28

CHAPTER 3

ASSESSMENT OF RISK OF EUTROPHICATIONIN GXAZI BARRAGE POND

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The Ghazi barrage pond will be located on the Indus river justupstream of the town of Ghazi, about 7 km downstream of Tarbeladam. Its purpose will be to reregulate the daily flows fromTarbela and to divert a constant flow each day into the powerchannel. The barrage pond will have a normal retention level of340.0 m, a syrface area of about 1,140 ha, and a total volume ofabout 70 M m . Drawing 2.1, taken from the Project FeasibilityReport, shows the area/volume relationships for the pond.

Tarbela is operated primarily to provide water for irrigation.Table 3.1 shows an example of the releases for each nominal10 day period over an average hydrological year. The flow variesfrom about 7,500 cumecs in August to about 400 cumecs in January,when the canal system is being maintained and irrigation releasesare minimal. During the low-flow season, the discharge of therequired irrigation water can be concentrated into the period ofpeak demand for electricity, resulting in four-hour discharges inthe range 3,450 cumecs (reservoir full) to 2,300 cumecs (minimumreservoir elevation, in May). This results in a wide range offlows during each day.

The barrage pond will receive wastewater (sewage, either treatedor untreated) from sewerage systems provided for the Tarbelacolonies on the right and left banks. In addition, surface runoffduring rain will carry detritus into the pond, while finesediment carried through Tarbela reservoir will carry somenutrients. Some of these nutrients (eg ammonia) will react withoxygen in the water in order to become chemically stable, andwith others (eg phosphates) and sunlight will promote the growthof phytoplankton in the pond. Prominent among them are diatomsand filamentitous blue-green algae.

Under stable conditions, phytoplankton are grazed and theirnumbers controlled by zooplankton, and both types of plankton aregrazed by fish. In the event of favourable combinations oftemperature, light and nutrients, algal growth can be very rapid,leading to 'blooms'. The overall effect is a deterioration ofwater quality, with reductions in dissolved oxygen (DO), increasein turbidity, odour and toxins released by algae. If the DOconcentration reduces to low levels, fish and other aquatic lifewill die.

This report presents the results of a brief study of the risk ofexcessive nutrients (eutrophication) developing in the barragepond.

3.1

3.2 QUALITY OF WATER DISCHARGED FROM TARBELA

Table 3.2 summarises the results of analyses of samples of waterfrom the river and from wastewater discharges in barrage pondarea during January 1994, when Tarbela's discharges were neartheir minimum. Samples 1 and 2 were taken from the riverimmediately downstream of Tarbela, and from the turbine outlets.These show BOD5 values of 34 and 42 mg/l, while the dissolvedoxygen content was 7.46 and 7.43 mg/l respectively. The BOD5values are quite high, and reflect the fact that the waterdischarged from the turbines is taken from near the bottom of thereservoir.

The samples were taken when the discharge from Tarbela would havebeen about 425 cumecs. This results in a total BOD5 load of about1,500 t/day.

3.3 FLOW CHARACTERISTICS IN BARRAGE POND

The total volume of the barrage pond is about 70 M cu m. Thisvolume is expected to reduce slowly as a result of accumulationof fine sediment in areas of low velocity.

During the high flow season (May to October), the discharges fromTarbela will exceed the capacity of the power channel, so thatthe barrage pond will remain full. The retention times in theunsilted pond will be as follows:

2,000 cumecs (typical minimum flow in season) 9.5 hours

5,000 cumecs (typical 10-day maximum) 3.8 hours

9,000 cumecs (typical yearly maximum) 2.2 hours

This is also the hot season, but the flows into Tarbela resultlargely from snow-melt, so that the temperature of the releasedwater is low. This is also the time when the water is relativelyopaque due to suspended fine sediment, so that penetration ofsunlight is limited.

During the low-flow season (November-April) the average dailyflow will typically be in the range 425 to 1,200 cumecs, Inaddition, Tarbela's turbines are operated for peaking, so thatthe level in the barrage pond will fluctuate by up to about 3.5 meach day as a result of the reregulation of these peaking flows.At the drawn-down elevation of 336.50 m the pond will have avolume of about 35 M m . This reduction in average volume of thepond will result in retention times in the range 34 to 12 hours.During this winter period, the effects of the sun in providingwarmth and light are reduced.

3.2

The retention times discussed above result in average velocitiesthrough the pond of between about 0.9 m/s and 0.06 M/s. Thesevelocities are too high to allow stratification to develop. Theplan shape of the pond is approximately rectangular, with nosignificant embayments where stagnant conditions could develop.In small embayments during the lowest-flow period, the largedaily fluctuations in pond levels caused by peaking operations atTarbela will ensure circulation of water.

3.4 SOURCES OF NUTRIENTS

There are no significant nullahs discharging into the barragepond.

Around the periphery of the pond are the Tarbela colonies, whichare the only sources of domestic wastewater inflows to thebarrage pond. On the left bank, Sobra Tarbela Colony and SanoberTarbela Colony have sewage conveyance systems and sewagetreatment plants. The locations of these treatment plants areshown on Drawing 3.1.

The Right Bank Colony also has a sewage conveyance system andtreatment plant. The Junior Officers' Bungalows and the RiverView Colony on the right bank each have a sewage conveyancesystem and septic tank for sewage treatment.

All these sewage treatment plants/processes have been evaluatedas to their effluent characteristics and plant efficiencies toestablish the likely eutrophication effect on the barrage pond.The results of these assessments are presented in Appendix 3-A.The principal results are summarised on Table 3.3. These resultsshow that the total BOD load contributed by the sewerage systemsto the barrage pond at the time of minimum flows from Tarbela isabout 620 kg/day (0.62 t/day), or only 0.05% of the total BOD5load.

3.5 CONCLUSIONS

From this brief assessment, the following conclusions can bedrawn:

The retention times in the barrage pond will range fromas little as 12 hours to a maximum of about 34 hours.These times are relatively short.

Average velocities in the barrage pond will range from0.9 to 0.06 m/s, while the plan shape of the pond isrectangular, with no major embayments. These velocitiesare too high to allow stagnant conditions to develop.

The critical time is likely to be January, whendischarges from Tarbela are at their lowest. During thisperiod, the barrage water level will fluctuate by up to

3.3

3.5 m each day as a resuJt of peaking operations atTarbela. This will help to ensure that stagnantconditions cannot occur in small embayments.

The total BOD5 discharged by Tarbela during January isabout 1,500 t/day. The contribution added by the sewagetreatment plants around the perimeter of the pond atpresent is about 0.62 t/day. Thus the effect of thisadditional BOD5 will be insignificant.

In the long term, the volume of the barrage pond willreduce as the result of sedimentation. This will increaseaverage velocities through the pond and reduce retentiontimes.

The overall conclusion is that there is no risk ofeutrophication developing in the barrage pond.

3.4

APPENDIX 3-A

SURVEY OF EXISTING SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS AT TARBELA

A.1. SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT AT THE LEFT BANK COLONY

A.l.1 General

The left bank sewage treatment plant (STP) caters for the SanoberColony, Lower Sanober Colony, Mehran Colony, Main Colony andTelephone (T&T) Colony on the left bank. The population of thesecolonies is 9,000. The location of the STP is shown onDrawing 3.1 and the treatment process flow diagram is shown onDrawing 3.2. As a layout plan of the STP or a completion planwere not available, the various components of the existing planthave been scaled and the layout plan reproduced as shown onDrawing 3.3.

A.1.2 Design Parameters of the (STP) Left Bank

The design parameters of the plant are as follows:

-Max. inflow rate 13,800 m3/dMinimum inflow rate 11,350 m3/dInfluent BOD 150 mg/lEffluent BOD 20 mg/l

A.1.3 Type of Process and Plant Installations

The process design of the plant is based on a modified activatedsludge process. The process consists of extended aeration in acircular tank fitted with a submerged turbine mixer and aeratedwith compressed air. A circular trough collects the effluent from'the aeration tank and the effluent is discharged into the Indusriver. The sludge is collected in the sludge chamber and pumpedinto the sludge drying beds.

A brief description of the major components of the plant is givenbelow.

Bar Screen

The inflow is received at the bar screen through the sewer pipeby gravity flow. The bar screens are in good condition.

Grit Chamber

A semi-circular grit chamber receives the wastewater through thescreen. Inorganic particles and grit that pass through the barscreen settle down in this chamber. A sand catcher is installedin the grit chamber that ejects the sand from the chamber anddeposits it into a sand pit. The sand catcher device is not

3.5

working presently and as a result the grit chamber is filled withsand. However, the wastewater is passing to the aeration tankthrough the remaining 1.2 m depth of the grit chamber. The WAPDAstaff at the plant stated that the sand catcher has been removedand is under repair.

Aeration Tank (Biolator)

The aeration tank consists of a 19.5 m diameter circular tankfitted with submerged type of turbine aerator. The compressed airto the tank is supplied by the compressor installed in theoperation room. The turbine aerator and compressor were operatedand found to be in good working condition.

Sludge Collection Chamber

The settled sludge from the aeration tank is collected in asludge chamber under the hydraulic pressure of the mixed liquorof the aerator. The sludge pumps installed inside the sludgechamber were found to be in good working order.

Sludge Drying Beds

The sludge drying beds consist of 6 beds having a total area of30 m x 18 m. These beds are not being used due to low productionof sludge.

Flow Recording Instruments

A flow recorder panel, containing a digital recorder and anintegrated flow recorder instrument with a chart mounted on adrum, is installed in the control room to measure the wastewaterinflows to the plant. However, the probes at the inflow flume aremissing and the recording instruments are not working.

Water Quality Testing Laboratory

A small testing laboratory is available within the plant to testthe BOD and COD of the wastewater. The incubator is out of orderand so no tests are being carried out.

A.1.4 Efficiency of the Left Bank Plant

The sewage treatment plant was operated and wastewater inflow andeffluent samples were collected. Biological and chemicalanalyses of the samples were performed. The results of theanalysis are given in Table 3.2. The BOD of the inflow was72 mg/l and of the treated effluent was 10 mg/l.

Sewage having a BOD of 72 mg/l is classified as weak strengthsewage. The inflow sample collected had an opaque colour withlittle suspended matter showing low suspended organic content.The low density of the population and the abundant availabilityof water has resulted in dilution of the sewage.

3.6

The effluent disposal standard required by EPA Pakistan is80 mg/l. The WHO standard for effluent disposal to surfacestreams is 20 mg/l. The treated effluent of this plant meets boththese standards. It is classified as excellent quality effluentand thus will have no adverse effect on the overall quality ofthe water in the barrage pond.

A.2 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT AT THE SOBRA CITY COLONY

A.2.1 General

The sewage treatment plant for Sobra City Colony is located nearGhazi Check Post on the left bank. The location of the STP isshown on Drawing 3.1. This treatment plant receives thewastewater from the Sobra City Colony, Tarbela that has apopulation of about 5,000. The existing components of the plantwere measured on site and the layout plan is shown onDrawing 3.4.

A.2.2 Design Parameters of STP Sobra City Colony

The design parameters of the STP were collected from WAPDA officeTarbela and are reproduced below:

- Maximum inflow rate 10,900 m3/d- Minimum inflow rate 9,100 m3/d- Influent BOD 150 mg/l- Effluent BOD 20 mg/l


The process design of the plant is based on the extendedaeration, activated sludge system in a circular tank fitted witha submerged turbine mixer and aerated with compressed air. Acircular trough collects the effluent from the aeration tank andthe effluent is discharged to the Indus river.


Wastewater Collection Well

Wastewater inflow is collected in a well inside the treatmentplant site. The wastewater is then pumped to the aeration tank.The submersible pumps installed in this well are in good order.

Aeration Tank

Aeration for biological treatment takes place in a 15 m diametercircular tank fitted with a submerged turbine aerator. Air issupplied through pipes at the level of the turbine by a

3.7

compressor. The treated effluent is collected in a trough. Theeffluent is carried through a pipeline to the Indus river.

Sludge Digester

The sludge digester consists of a 9 x 9 m rectangular tank. Asubmerged turbine aerator is also installed to provide air fordigestion of the sludge. The sludge digester is build at a higherlevel than the aerator (Biolator) and in-line pumps are providedto pump sludge from the aerator to the sludge digester.

Sludge Drying Beds

Sludge drying beds with an area of 23 x 30 m are provided. Thesludge drying beds were not being used due to low production ofsludge. The inlet valves were operated and the water effluentfrom the sludge digester was found to be clean. This is due tothe weak strength of wastewater inflow. The operational staffstated that sludge is taken out of the digester and aeratoroccasionally.

Chlorination

A concrete tank is provided to supply sodium hypochloridesolution to the treated effluent. This unit was not working andthe practice of chlorinating the effluent has long beenabandoned. Chlorination of treated effluent can lead to theproduction of chlorinated hydrocarbons which can be carcenogenic,and thus is no longer recommended.

A.2.4 Efficiency of the Sobra City Plant

The wastewater influent and treated effluent samples werecollected on January 18, 1994 and biological and chemicalanalyses were performed. The BOD of the wastewater influent was99 mg/l and of the treated effluent was 22 mg/l (Table 3.3). Thetreated effluent of the plant is within the EPA standard and veryclose to the WHO standard. It is concluded that the plant isworking efficiently. The phosphorous content of the effluent isless than 1 mg/l. This treated effluent can be dischargeddirectly into the barrage pond without any adverse effect on theoverall quality of water in the pond.

A.3 SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT AT THE RIGHT BANK COLONY

3.1 General

The sewage treatment plant for the Right Bank Colony is locatedalong the Tarbela Topi road. It caters for a total population of9,000. The sewage from the Right Bank Colony (RBC) is received ina sump and pumped into the treatment plant. The location is shownon Drawing 3.1, and the layout plan is shown on Drawing 3.5. Thewastewater from the other two colonies, namely Junior Officers

3.8

Bungalows and River View Colony-, is treated in a septic tanklocated near the river bank and the effluent is discharged intothe Indus river.

A.3.2 Design Parameters of the STP at RBC

The design parameters for the treatment works, provided by WAPDAOffice Tarbela, are as under:

- Maximum inflow rate 1,360 m3 /d- Influent BOD 150 mg/l- Effluent BOD 25 mg/l


The process design of the plant is based on a modified activatedsludge process. The treatment process comprises primarysedimentation, secondary sedimentation facilities and aerationsystem in a rectangular tank. Finally, the effluent is disposedoff into the Indus through a sewer pipe. The primary andsecondary sludge is collected in a sludge tank and pumped intothe sludge collection ponds.


Detritus Tank

Wastewater is received in a collection well through the mainsewer. This water is pumped to the detritus tank which is aconcrete chamber 2.4 x 1.5 m in size and provided with horizontalscreen bars to detain heavy suspended matter. From the detritustank, water passes to the primary clarifier. The pumps installedin the collection well are in good working order.

Primary Clarifier

A circular primary clarifier 10 m in diameter and with a depth of3 m is provided for separation of heavy organic and inorganicsuspended particles. The clarifier is fitted with a scraper tocollect the settled sediments at the bottom. The sludge thusaccumulated is drawn off under gravity to a sludge tank. Thescraper machinery is in working condition.

Aeration Tanks

There are two tanks each of size 7 x 7 m. Both the tanks have anextended aeration system. Surface aerators have been provided inthese tanks. The aerators are in good working condition.

3.9

Secondary Clarifier

The secondary clarifier has approximately the same dimensions asthe primary clarifier, measuring 10 m in dia and 3 m in depth.The treated wastewater passes over the overflow weir and isfinally disposed off into the Indus river through a sewer pipe.Secondary sludge produced is scraped and pumped into the sludgetank. The scraping facility is the same as that of the primaryclarifier.

Sludge Collection Ponds

The sludge collected from the primary and secondary clarifiers ispumped into four sludge collection ponds, each of equal size.Siphons provided in the ponds are not working and decanted wateris not carried to the sludge beds. Presently the decanted wateris being pumped out. The siphon pipes require repair.

Sludge Drying Beds

There are six beds of equal size which are not in use due to thefailure of the siphon system for carrying the decanted water tothe beds.

Chlorination Unit

A chlorination room exists but the chlorination equipment hasbeen removed. As discussed above in A.2.3, chlorination is nolonger recommended.

A.3.4 Efficiency of the Right Bank Plant

Influent and effluent samples of the plant were taken andanalysed for chemical and biological characteristics (Table 3.2).The BOD of the influent and effluent was found to be 140 mg/l and89 mg/l respectively. These results indicate the efficiency ofthe plant to be 36%. The quantity of wastewa er inflow to theplant was ascertained to be 1.2 cusecs (2,930 m /d) on 18 January1994 by weir measurement. The plant is designed to take a maximuminflow rate of 1360 m3/d. The overloading is resulting in partialtreatment of the wastewater. Additional treatment capacity isrequired to reduce the load on the plant.

A.3.5 Extension of Right bank Colony Plant

A preliminary design and cost estimate have been prepared of therequired extension for the Right Bank Colony sewage treatmentplant. The design has been based on an additional capacity of

31,910 m /day average flow with a BOD load of 250 mg/I.

3.10

The extension will comprise the following principal elements:

- a bar screen, inlet channel and critical depth measuringflume;

- a grit chamber with a design velocity of 0.25 in/s at peakflow;

- an oxidation ditch with a depth of 3 m and an area of500 m2 , and two horizontal 'Mammoth' type aerators of 1 mdiameter;

- a final settling tank 12 m in diameter, and

- sludge drying beds with an area of 840 m2.

The estimated cost is shown on Table 3.4 and totals Rs 9 million.

A.4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

A.4.1 Sewage Treatment Plant at the Left Bank Colony

The plant at the Left Bank Colony is working efficiently with aneffluent BOD of 10 mg/l. This is well within the PakistanEnvironmental Protection Agency discharge standard of 80 mg/l,and within the WHO discharge standard of 20 mg/l. This plant issatisfactory but the following minor repair works are required:

-- The grit chamber is filled with sediment and should becleared. The sand ejector presently removed from the gritchamber should be repaired and reinstalled.

- The flow recorder for the inflow wastewater should berepaired and probes installed at the weir to record theinflow to the plant.

- The BOD testing laboratory should be updated and a newincubator should be provided.

A.4.2 Sewage Treatment Plant at the Sobra City Colony

The effluent BOD of this plant is 22 mg/l. This is very close tothe WHO standard of 20 mg/l. The plant is rated as efficient.However, the aeration pipes to the aerator should be repaired.

A.4.3 Sewage Treatment Plant at the Right Bank Colony

The effluent BOD of this plant was measured as 89 mg/l. Thisexceeds the required standards due to overloadirLg of the plant.An additional treatment capacity of about 1,900 m /d is requiredl.The cost of the additional treatment works has been estimated tobe about Rs. 9 million.

3.11

TABLE 3.1

TEN-DAY MEAN OUTFLOWS FROM TARBELA RESERVOIR1976-90

(Flows in Cumecs)YEAR 10 DAY OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP

PERIOD _

1976 - 77 1 1453 1669 934 128 651 1906 963 941 2931 3530 6700 3588

II 1049 1264 850 1028 1540 1800 1029 988 2651 5528 5125 2506

III 1486 1196 850 758 t955 t327 1429 2053 3732 6348 4804 2468

1977 - 78 1 2862 1085 562 596 1334 1434 812 2224 4384 4392 8609 3131

11 2898 1538 640 546 1408 801 1145 2453 4296 7272 7918 3224

III 1261 1347 575 803 1500 477 1762 3257 4316 8436 6117 1849

1978 - 79 1 2453 1204 795 473 1556 780 1561 2155 1654 4064 6519 3345

It 2309 805 787 463 1394 634 1965 2354 3625 3472 5106 3492

1515 842 439 544 977 2036 1942 1470 4415 6196 4370 3449

1979 - 80 1 2387 1143 1247 643 630 1341 657 1418 3399 2794 6867 3634

it 1712 1319 1214 639 1006 1110 675 1855 4294 3044 3129 3591

III 1575 1152 945 634 1163 1017 1047 2749 4503 6166 3695 3538

1980 - 81 1 2892 897 1198 624 643 1191 418 3094 3644 4338 5550 3279

II 1874 1220 1247 1151 873 1199 445 4047 2525 3630 6425 3526

III 1221 1286 815 677 1195 427 2249 4140 4333 3565 4279 2976

1981 - 82 1 2786 1019 115S 667 989 988 675 t557 3237 3573 1529 2490

It 1521 951 1084 662 1337 518 803 1093 2777 3673 7159 3449

III 1326 1212 693 653 1259 819 1065 2278 3851 1969 4021 4290

1982 - 83 1 3090 1170 1221 667 499 703 557 594 3581 4231 8260 6525

II 1859 996 897 639 1075 1028 549 1829 3228 3486 5893 4129

lII 1360 955 473 512 1203 610 541 1577 3965 2104 7406 1822

1983 - 84 1 1978 1061 1699 764 876 1802 842 1480 2079 4437 6607 5470

II 1566 1280 1380 618 1367 1809 1125 1828 3849 4494 7824 2350

III 1115 1831 878 734 1434 896 1549 2240 4344 5522 8045 1779

1984 - 85 1 2315 1633 1407 531 1053 1469 699 1172 2857 4132 5882 4180

II 1528 1432 1041 989 1738 946 614 1172 3469 3039 5106 2775

III 1385 1401 563 991 1473 731 1082 1994 3625 1900 5457 4035

1985 - 86 1 3095 1280 1277 439 946 872 693 1292 2759 3468 8380 3358

II 1560 1263 702 487 1127 821 824 2094 3108 5790 5789 3430

III 1481 1821 510 801 776 535 697 2912 2756 7347 4696 3476

1986 - 87 1 2932 1375 887 244 1697 706 1562 1585 2892 3937 4578 5626

II 1461 1404 896 603 1455 569 1663 1263 996 3552 4790 3188

III 1289 1421 517 772 1238 746 2112 1742 3552 4751 6852 3648

1987 - 88 1 3949 1557 1477 888 1328 1102 724 2263 3983 6609 6409 3502

II 2018 1401 818 769 1794 453 987 2382 4396 9522 6788 3471

III 1561 1524 488 751 948 635 1260 3250 3795 8601 5704 2174

1988 - 89 1 1437 1557 1382 619 926 1520 1023 1555 1859 4418 6089 2627

11 1125 1524 1173 747 1428 1562 1307 1860 2559 3530 4140 3118

III 1061 1761 690 939 1207 1398 1533 2482 3921 5606 4995 3216

1989 - 90 1 3108 1625 1567 494 776 490 453 810 4528 8985 7875 4879

II 2160 1642 1452 385 1243 816 467 1187 4381 6771 6142 3622

III 1307 1763 673 508 977 411 575 3942 8416 5567 5683 2956

MIN I 1437 897 562 128 499 490 418 594 4654 2794 1529 2490

11 1049 805 640 385 873 453 445 988 996 3039 3129 2350

III 1061 842 439 S08 776 411 541 1470 2756 1900 3695 1779

AVERAGE I 2624 1305 1201 555 993 1165 831 1581 3128 4493 6561 3974

II 1746 1289 1013 695 1342 1005 971 1886 3297 4772 5809 3276

III 1353 1394 651 720 1236 862 1346 2577 4252 5306 5437 2977

MAX I 3949 1669 1699 888 1697 1906 1562 3094 4528 8985 8609 6525

II 2698 1642 1452 1151 1794 1809 1965 4047 4396 9522 7918 4129

III 1575 1831 945 991 1955 2036 2249 4140 8416 8601 8045 4290

3.12,

TABLE 3.2

WASTEWATER ANALYSIS IN BARRAGE POND AREA

SR. SAMPLE TEMP pH T.D.S E.C HARDNESS CALCtUM MAGNESIUM SULPHATE CHLORIDE PHOSPHOROUS PHOSPHATE AMONIA 8.0.0 0.0 C.O.DNO. (C) m gl us/m mgfl m m mgI mg/ i g/l mg7 g. mgt mg/ t mg -

Tailrace

1. River 21.0 7.21 204 285 155 61 44 58 1.7 <1 <1 0.48 34 7.46 602. Turbine 21.2 7.25 198 275 145 58 42 56 1.0 <1 <1 0.20 42 7.23 56

Sanobar Trealment Plant

3. 2 -A influent 20.9 6.78 250 375 240 96 69 56 5.0 <1 <1 1.95 72 2.3 1004. 2-B ffluent 21.3 7.08 263 389 280 112 82 48 4.0 <1 <1 1.60 10 5.9 16

Sobra Treatment Plant

5. 3-A intluent 21.2 7.21 336 453 320 128 93 54 2.5 <1 C1 N.0 99 2.4 140HX 6. 3-8 effluent 21.2 6.80 267 400 320 128 93 54 3.0 <1 <1 2.07 22 6.1 32

Right Bank Colony

Treatment Plant

7. 4-A intluent 21.0 6.93 425 638 320 128 92 116 8.5 <1 <1 1.34 140 5.71 2648. 4-Beffluent 21.1 6.84 418 625 315 126 91 50 5.5 <1 c1 1.26 89 5.83 192

Junior Officer Banglows

Right Bank

9. 8-A 20.9 6.71 389 676 310, 126 89 40, 2.5 <1 c1 1.65 72 1.0 100

Junior Officer Banglows

after septic tank

10. 8-C 21.3 7.31 209 495 160 64 46 60 1.0| <1 <1 0.66 46 2.2 64

River View Colony

11. 8-B 21.1 6.91 395 5961 3251 1301 94 451 2.54 <1 <1 1.751 791 2.3 120

TABLE 3.3

EXISTING TOTAL BOD LOAD OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS

Sr. Description of Flow (m31day) BODS (mg/I) Total LoadNo. Treatment Plant (kg/day)

1. Left Bank Colony 13779 10 138

2. Sobra City 10896 22 240

3. Right Bank Colony 2724 89 242

Total: 620

TOTAL BOD LOAD AFTER IMPROVEMENT

Sr. Description of Flow (m3/day) BOD5 (mg/I) Total LoadNo. Treatment Plant (kg/day)

1. Left Bank Colony 13779 10 138

2. Sobra City 10896 22 240

3. Right Bank Colony 3269 25 80

Total: 460

3.14

TABLE 3.4

COST ESTIMATE FOR EXPANSION OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTAT RIGHT BANK COLONY-TARBELA

SR. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE AMOUNTNO. (Rs) (Rs)

SEWAGE PUMPING STATION1. Construction of pump

house includingexcavation P.C.C,R.C.C and pipe work Item L/S 150,000

2. Pumps for wastewaterpumping station: 2,800m3/day at 10m head 5 kWmotors: 2 pumps, 1 duty,1 standby No 2 75,000 150,000

3. Supply of power topumping station andelectrical installation Item L/S 50,000BAR SCREEN AND GRITCHAMBER

4. Concrete structure and flowmeasurement Item L/S 20,000

5. Bar screen, galvanised M.Smanually raked No 1 20,000 20,000OXIDATION DITCH

6. Excavation m3 4000 40 160,0007. Plain and reinforced concrete

including formwork m3 550 1,800 990,0008. Mild steel reinforcement tonne 65 18,000 1,170,0009. Miscellaneous items Item L/S 350,00010. Supply of 2 number Mammoth

rotors 5.5m long 1.Om diaincluding gear box, motor

I complete in all respects Item 2 1,250,000 2,500,000CLARIFIER

11. Clarifier of size 12.Om dia.built of reinforced concrete Item L/S 700,000

12. Sludge scraper for clarifier,12.Om dia. rotating bridgetype with motor and gearboxescomplete in all respects Item L/S 1,200,000SLUDGE DRYING BEDS

13. Open drying beds 20m x 42mfilled with fine sand, coarsegravel including under-drainage system Item L/S 750,000SUB-TOTAL 8,210,000Contingencies (10%) say 800,000TOTAL 9,010,000

3.15

iI

CHAPTER 4

TOWN PLANNING FOR GHAZI AND KHALO

CHIAPTER 3

ASSESSMENT OF RISK OF EUTROPHICATIONIN GHAZI BARRAGE POND

CHAPTER 4

TOWN PLANNING FOR GHAZI & KHALO

4.1 INTRODUCTION

4.1.1 Background

The Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project consists of three majorcomponents: a barrage, a power channel and a power complex. Thebarrage will be located on the Indus river about 7 km downstreamof Tarbela dam, just upstream of the town of Ghazi. It willdivert up to 1,600 cumecs of water into a power channel whichwill carry the water to the power complex near Barotha village.The power channel has been aligned to pass close to the southside of Ghazi and Khalo towns.

Both Ghazi and Khalo developed largely during the constructionphase of Tarbela dam from 1969-1974. During this period, bothskilled and unskilled labour migrated to these villages (Ghazihas recently been graded Tehsil status and is now classified as atown). Apart from this migration, a part of the population fromthe villages which were inundated by the Tarbela reservoir wererelocated in a nearby resettlement village, Ghazi Hamlet, and apart settled within the villages of Ghazi and Khalo. After thecompletion of Tarbela dam, the exodus of population from thesevillages brought the economic activity to a more normal level.

The construction of the barrage and adjacent reach of the powerchannel will have three main effects, both positive and negative,on Ghazi and Khalo:

there will be another boom during the constructionperiod, with a temporary influx of workers;

the road bridge on the barrage will provide an importantcrossing of the Indus river, and

- the proximity of the power channel will limit the long-term expansion of Ghazi and Khalo.

4.1.2 Purpose of Present Study

As part of the mitigation measures proposed for the Ghazi-BarothaHydropower Project, the Environmental Review Panel identified theneed for a study to evaluate the requirements for town planningfor Ghazi and Khalo in order to offset the negative effects ofthe Project. This report summarises the work done on apreliminary study of:

the main deficiencies and civic problems, and measures torectify these through short-term and long-termdevelopment programmes, and

4.1

- the preparation of terms of reference and a budget costestimate for a full town planing study.

4.1.3 Study Methodology

In accordance with the requirements of the study, the consultantsmobilized a team of experts, comprising professionals in thefields of town planning and engineering, which carried outextensive reconnaissance visits to Ghazi and Khalo and also helddiscussions with the government and semi-government officials toascertain the present shortcomings in the towns and the measuresrequired for these to be rectified.

The study is aimed at suggesting short-term measures to alleviateurgent civic problems as well as preparing a portfolio ofprojects to cater to future civic functions and facilities on along-term basis. The short-term measures, when implemented, willcreate a positive impact on the area and demonstrate a concern onthe part of the government to uplift the living conditions inthese towns.

However, elaborate work will have to be conducted by theconcerned government departments, including a topographic surveyof the towns, the assembling of published and unpublished data,and finally the preparing of a preliminary engineering design forthose projects proposed to achieve long-term improvements in thephysical environment.

4.2 PHYSICAL SET-UP

4.2.1 Location

The main access to Ghazi and Khalo is along a 30 km road fromLawrencepur on the National Highway (GT Road). Both these townshave developed along the main access road, which is typical oftowns along major roads in Pakistan where control of land use islacking. The expansion of both the towns has reached its limittowards the northwest, ie up to the edge of the Indus. The twotowns are bisected by a large nullah (seasonal stream whichusually flows in the monsoon period), called Khalo nullah, whichis an obstacle to development.

4.2.2 Climate

Ghazi and Khalo have a severe climate with ho0t summers and coldwinters. The summer temperature can yreach 47 C and the minimumwinter temperature remains between 0 C and 5 C, but seldom goesbelow freezing. Maximum rainfall occurs in July and August withthe maximum one-day rainfall also occurring in these months.

4.2

4.2.3 Topography

Ghazi and Khalo have a rolling topography with a gentle slopetowards the Indus river. Due to the proximity of the Ghandgharmountains in the southeast, the slope increases sharply beyondGhazi Hamlet. This forms a natural boundary for developmentpurposes. Three large nullahs have been formed by the run-offfrom the mountains. One passes to the north of Ghazi, one dividesGhazi and Khalo, as already mentioned, while the third passes tothe south of Khalo.

4.2.4 Area

The present total areas of Ghazi and Khalo have been calculatedas 55 and 16 ha respectively. These areas have been based oninformation concerning the boundaries of these towns provided tothe Consultants. There are, however, many vacant pockets insidethe boundary limits.

4.2.5 Population

The combined population of Ghazi and Khalo in 1991 was estimatedto be 8,255 persons with a growth rate of 3% per annum. However,in the opinion of local people, the actual population was higher,perhaps as much as 10,000 persons.

4.3 EXISTING SITUATION

4.3.1 General

The overall impression formed after visits to these towns is thatthey have developed haphazardly and are squalid. The residents ofGhazi and Khalo are living in an unhealthy environment. Onlyrecently was the area declared a Tehsil and thus there was noTown Committee. Now that Ghazi Tehsil has been formed, it ishoped that a Town Committee will soon be constituted to work forthe interests of the residents.

All the commercial activity of both Ghazi and Khalo has developedalong the Lawrencepur-Tarbela road, which is the only metalledroad passing through these towns and connects Tarbela dam withthe GT road. This commercial buildup has encroached upon theright of way of the road, making it onerous for the heavy trafficto pass through. Most of the other streets are dirt tracks whichare turned into mud and slush after rains.

There is no proper drainage or sewerage system in the area andthe houses are connected to open drains running along thestreets.

4.3

These towns totally lack any recreational facilities, whetheroutdoor or indoor, except for a small playground in the boys'high school.

Health facilities do exist but are insufficient to cope with theexpected growth in the population. The number of beds per 1000population is,low, especially when including all the surroundingvillages which depend on Ghazi for minor health facilities.

The key issues identified by the Consultants relate to:

- sanitary and environmental conditions;

- solid waste collection and disposal;

- water supply system;

- encroachments and traffic;

- health and education;

sports and recreation;

NGOs and community participation, and

the institutional set-up.

These are discussed in the following sections.

4.3.2 Sanitary and Environmental Conditions

Ghazi and Khalo do not possess any planned or proper sewerage anddrainage system. Many of the houses have septic tanks andsoakaway pits connected to house latrines. The kitchen andwashing water flows into open unlined drains and finally findsits way into the Indus untreated. These drains often becomechoked by debris and solid wastes, especially plastic bags. Atplaces the overflow of wastewater from drains inundates roads andstreets, causing environmental pollution and a hazard to health.

4.3.3 Solid Waste Collection and Disposal

The disposal of solid waste in both these towns is unplanned andunhygienic. No landfill site has been designated for suchpurpose. The usual method employed is to dispose of garbage indepressions and/or in open spaces where it is burnt. Some of thesolid waste is used by the farmers, after it has decomposed, intheir fields as a soil conditioner.

4.4

4.3.4 Water Supply System

The municipal water supply to Ghazi and Khalo is provided by atubewell installed by the Public Health Engineering Department.The water is pumped to two elevated concrete storage tanks, onenear Ghazi, the other near Khalo, which are connected to thewater supply system. However, the water supply is inadequate andintermittent. The usual water supply timings are approximatelytwo hours in the morning and two hours in the evening, but theseare sometimes further reduced due to shortage.

4.3.5 Transportation and Traffic

The commercial/economic sector development by and large islocated along the Lawrencepur-Tarbela road. This has resulted inencroachments on the right of way of this district road, therebyexcessively reducing the carriageway width of the road.

Another factor affecting the smooth flow of traffic is thefrequent stopping of buses and wagons on the main road. Thiscauses bottlenecks, giving rise to traffic jams. There are twobus/truck stands in Ghazi, developed along this road, which arereferred to as the old bus stop and the new bus stop. The new busstop is relatively better planned with bus sheds and some plannedbus parking bays. The traffic could be streamlined in a muchbetter fashion if the encroachments could be removed.

4.3.6 Health and Education

The health facilities in Ghazi and Khalo are at present below therequired standards. The government has established a Rural HealthCentre (RHC) at Ghazi which not only has to serve its ownpopulation but also has to provide services to all the peripheralvillages. Presently it has a capacity of 8 beds but the buildingfor 20 more beds has been completed and should start functioningsoon, making a total bed capacity of 28 beds. The medical staffcomprises three doctors, two male and one female, supported byone dental surgeon.

There is an animal husbandry unit located in Khalo.

The education facilities in these towns are reasonablysatisfactory. In Ghazi there is a high school for boys with anapproximate strength of 550 students. There are also two primaryschools for boys; one is a regular school with about 400 studentsand the other is a mosque school with about 25 students. There isalso a girls primary school with about 225 students.

The situation in Khalo is also quite encouraging. A governmentsecondary school for girls has been established and an extensionis underway for the addition of 11th and 12th classes. Moreover,there is one primary school for boys with 170 students andanother for girls with 200 students. However, the facilities in

4.5

these primary schools are not up to the appropriate standards;children have to sit on the ground in the open or under some sortof temporary structure. There is a need for sound buildings andproper furniture.

4.3.7 Sports and Recreation

These facilities are woefully inadequate for the residents. Thereare no properly developed outdoor grounds, and playing fields arescarce. There is no indoor facility. In the first instance,levelling and grading of open grounds can be carried out toprovide playing fields and open parks for the residents.

4.3,8 NGOs and Community Participation

The role of NGOs in Ghazi and Khalo is not well developed. NGOssuch as Falcon Youth, Friends and Idara-e-Khidmat-e-Khalq areworking on a self-help basis. There is a need to mobilise andmotivate the community in both these towns to participateactively in the development programmes. As a first step, NGOsshould be encouraged to mobilise the community to undertake orparticipate in a sanitation programme such as community cleaningof drains, etc.

4.3.9 Institutional Setup

Now that Ghazi has been declared a Tehsil, it is the appropriatetime to form a Town Committee and to select the correctindividuals, through the democratic process, who should nurturethe development works in both these towns. The development of aTehsil Headquarters has already started and 42 kanals of WAPDAland is already being transferred to the provincial government.once a Town Committee is established, the members should thenfocus their attention towards such works as improving sanitationconditions, preventing further encroachments, organizing a betterfruit/vegetable market and a slaughter house, and so forth. Theywould require funds for all these activities which can be raisedthrough user charges and octroi collection.

4.4 ACTION PLANS

4.4.1 General

Action plans are short-term implementation plans for a city, townor a village through which special attention is focused on thoseaspects which require immediate action. Short-term improvementprojects are recommended on the basis of the followingconsiderations:

Projects which come under the jurisdiction of governmentdepartments such as Highways, Public Health EngineeringDepartments, Forest Department.

4.6

- Projects which can be implemented within a period ofeight months to one year and which can yield good returnsin terms of aesthetics, environment and general livingconditions of the people.

- Projects which can be integrated in the overall long termimprovement programmes.

The action plans will include the tasks described in thesubsequent paragraphs.

4.4.2 Cleaning, Clearing and Improvement of Drains

This activity is usually taken care of by the Town Committee. AsGhazi has been declared a Tehsil, efforts should be made toelect a Town Committee as soon as possible. The Committee canthen be entrusted to take immediate action in this respect.

A detailed survey of the towns and the existing drains will berequired so that a proper sewerage system can be designed andconnected to the sewage treatment plant which has been proposednear Khalo (Chapter 5).

4.4.3 Collection and Disposal of Solid Waste

Collection and disposal of solid waste has become a major problemin nearly all urban centres of Pakistan as well as small townsand villages. Both Ghazi and Khalo have poor solid wastecollection systems. Until the Town Committee is functioning, theDistrict Administration should purchase a few tractors andtrolleys for collection of solid waste and designate places fromwhere solid waste can be collected, and sites where waste can bedisposed.

4.4.4 Removal of Encroachments from Main Road

Presently the access road to Tarbela dam has a right of way ofabout 30.5 m (100 ft) with a carriageway width of approximately7.5 m (24 feet). In open country the right of way is quite clearof any buildings. However, it has decreased considerably byencroachments where the road passes through Ghazi and Khalo.

The District Administration, in consultation with other concerneddepartments and agencies, should initiate a survey and aprogramme for the removal of encroachments from the main road.The right of way of this road should be maintained and vigilanceexercised against new encroachments. The policy of motivation,penalty and, as a last resort, coercive force should be appliedas the situation demands.

4.7

Moreover, WAPDA and the District Administration will have to bewary and strict to keep the right of way of the power channelclear of encroachments, including maintaining the fencing alongthe channel.

4.4.5 Re-surfacing of Main & Access Roads

The part of the main road through Ghazi and Khalo needs specificattention. In the first instance the road will have to be re-surfaced and widened. A side lane should be built for parkingafter the encroachments have been removed. The access roadsleading from Ghazi to the Tarbela resettlement colony and theroad leading from Khalo to Ghazi Hamlet would also need re-surfacing and their ROW reserved. The road connecting Khalo andGhazi Hamlet will also have to be extended up to the main roadwith a proper "T" junction. All re-surfacing should be based onthe appropriate standards and specifications, with cross slopesprovided for draining storm water. Such drains should beconstructed on both sides of the roads.

4.4.6 Improvement of Bus/Truck Stands

The old bus stand is congested and has no pavement and drainage.Proper bus bays should be constructed, and storm water drainageprovided. For the new bus stand, the surface should be paved andparking arrangements should be provided.

During the construction of the barrage, it is envisaged thatadditional heavy traffic will pass through the towns and createbottlenecks and traffic jams in both the towns. The possibilityof a by-pass for Ghazi and Khalo should also be studied. Thiswould re-route heavy traffic presently passing through both thesetowns. This would reduce congestion but also reduce business forthe shops along the existing road. Some will relocate along thenew bypass, and this development will have to be controlled.

4.4.7 Construction of Sewers and Drains

A complete sewerage system should be constructed in-order toreduce health risks. This is discussed in Chapter 5 of thisreport. Surface water drains should be constructed in the mainresidential and commercial areas.

4.4.8 Improvement of Water Supply System

There is an immediate need to upgrade the existing water supplysystem for Ghazi and Khalo in order to provide a full 24 hoursupply, which will then also allow the proposed sewerage systemto function correctly. A proper water distribution network isurgently needed with at least two 700 m3 capacity reservoirs tocater for the water requirements for the present and futurepopulation of these towns.

4.8

4.4.9 Provision of Open Spaces

Ghazi and Khalo have no playgrounds or small play areas forchildren. Provision for such areas should be made in both thesetowns. Initially, where available space permits, vacant land canjust be levelled to form small open play areas for children.Preferably, open areas should be planned adjacent to mohallahmosques or schools so that their utility can be enhanced. Openspaces near mosques can also be used for major religiouscongregations.

4.4.10 Tree Planting and Landscaping

Trees should be planted along all major roads and access roads,medians and footpaths. The saplings can be acquired through theForest Department. A water bowser should be hired or bought. Itcould be driven by a tractor for watering the plants. Communityaction and education will be required if these trees are to beprotected from lopping for fuelwood.

4.5 DEVELOPMENT PLAN

4.5.1 Introduction

The power channel will start just upstream of Ghazi and run alongthe southeast boundary of Ghazi and Khalo. It will have positiveas well as negative effects on both these towns. The channel willhave a top width of about 100 m and a water flow velocity of2.33 m/s. Although flowing water is pleasant to look at, thechannel will provide no chance for any recreational activity. Onthe contrary, due to the dangerous flow, a safety fence will beerected on both sides of the channel with limited access.However, bridges will be provided across the channel near Ghaziand Khalo towns, so that there will be free access to GhaziHamlet, the Resettlement Colony and to the farm land on the leftside of the power channel. The types of bridges proposed in thevicinity of Ghazi and Khalo include:

- two super-passages each a with pedestrian bridge;

- two village road bridges suitable for single-lanetraffic;

- one minor bridge combined with a super-passage, and

- a district road bridge over the head regulator at thebarrage, on the road to Tarbela dam.

Presently Ghazi and Khalo are separated by a large nullah. Asboth these towns expand they will eventually become one entity,although the nullah will remain as a separator.

4.9

4.5.2 Development Restrictions

There are two features which restrict development of Ghazi andKhalo. These are the Indus river on the northwest and the threelarge nullahs. The power channel will be a man-made obstructionwhich will have to be incorporated into the overall developmentplan.

4.5.3 Long-Term Development Programme

General

Long-term development programmes encompass a wide range ofactivities which include the preparation of base maps, thecollection of primary and secondary data, the assessment ofdeficiencies, the preparation of action plans, etc. Based on allthe findings, a viable development plan is prepared which definesthe future land use of the city/town. A 20 year period is usuallytaken as the time frame for the implementation of a long-termdevelopment plan.

Therefore, a broad Development Plan for Ghazi and Khalo has beenprepared, based on population projections up to the year 2017.The key land uses and long range development projects arediscussed below.

Residential

Both Ghazi and Khalo have developed as agricultural towns andmost of the houses are semi-pucca. These houses have been builtin an irregular fashion and much vacant land remains in betweenthe plot boundaries. Before any further expansion takes place,these pockets should be filled. For planning the futuredevelopment, the gross density of the towns has been taken as 160persons/ha (65 persons/acre). This density has been adopted fromthe National Reference Manual on Planning and InfrastructureStandards approved by the Ministry of Housing and WorksEnvironment and Urban Affairs Division, which recommendsresidential densities for urban and rural areas.

By the year 2017, the estimated population will be 10,000 inGhazi and 8,000 in Khalo. A total of 31 ha for Ghazi and 23 hafor Khalo will be required for expansion. This assumes that about10% of the area will be dedicated to open space for recreation.

Housing in both these towns has reached the edge of the Indus onthe northwest side and significant expansion can take place onlyto the southeast or southwest of the towns.

The housing should develop in the form of small neighbourhoodswhich should be self-sufficient in the field of education,commerce and recreation. Drawing 4.1 shows the broad developmentlimits for Ghazi and Khalo up to the year 2017. The areaproposed for expansion of these towns should be planned takinginto account the following factors:

4.10

Development should be compact so that the cost ofinfrastructure is kept to a minimum.

Areas for development should be selected which can easilybe linked with the present and proposed infrastructure.

The availability of transportation routes should beconsidered.

Expansion will be dictated to some extent by natural andman-made features

There will be limited access across the power channel.

Commerce

Presently all the commercial activity is concentrated on the mainroad. This needs to be decentralised, especially as the townexpands. As proper residential neighbourhoods develop, commercialcentres should be planned, with central locations, which shouldprovide items of daily use so that dependence on the maincommercial area is reduced. This should be taken into accountwhen planning the required road system.

Health

The long-term national goal for health facilities is 5 beds perthousand population. However, the medium term feasible targetrecommended in the National Reference Manual on Planning andInfrastructure Standards approved by the Ministry of Housing andWorks is 2 beds per thousand population. According to thisstandard, by the year 2017 a total of 35 beds would be requiredfor both Ghazi and Khalo. The Rural Health Centre in Ghazi willbe functioning soon, with 28 beds leaving a deficiency of 7 bedsfor which a Basic Health Unit can be established in Khalo in theearly 21st century.

Education

With an estimated population of 10,000 for Ghazi and 8,000 forKhalo by the year 2017, the numbers of primary schools requiredfor each town have been calculated as follows

TOWN BOYS GIRLSSCHOOL SCHOOL

Ghazi 3 3Khalo 3 2

A middle school for boys would also be required in Ghazi.Moreover, with the projected population after the year 2017 the

4.11

High School for boys in Ghazi and the High School for girls inKhalo should be expanded to two sections each.

Recreation

Recreational activities are almost non-existent in both Ghazi andKhalo. As the population expands and new neighbourhoods areformed, designated small areas for children should be reserved.

Transportation

The design of the power channel includes two village road bridgesin the vicinity of these towns. These bridges are to be utilizedfor connecting Ghazi and Khalo with the Resettlement Colony andGhazi Hamlet in the southeast and with other hinterland. Theinternal roads in Ghazi and Khalo should at least be brick pavedand new streets should have a ROW of at least 6 m (20 ft).

Graveyards

There are a number of graveyards around these two towns whichhave existed for decades. They have space for expansion and canmeet the requirements up to the year 2017.

4.5.4 Summary of Projects in Long-Term Development Programmes

The following projects are recommended:

- The development of a Tehsil Headquarters, for which theacquisition of 42 kanals of land is already in progress.

- The provision of vocational training institutes andincome-generating activities.

- A beautification programme for physical upgrading of thetowns.

- The provision of appropriate community facilities, forexample community centres.

- The provision of proper wholesale and storagefacilities.

- The development of an efficient solid waste collectionand disposal system.

- The provision of a proper slaughterhouse.

- Building up the capacity of the local institutions toundertake the above-mentioned tasks, includingstrengthening the managerial and technical aspects.

Suggested Terms of Reference for the town planning are includedas Appendix 4-Al.

4.12

4.5.5 Housing for Migratory Workers

Plans should be made to provide one or more residential areasfor workers who will migrate from nearby areas for jobopportunities associated with the Project. The labour colonysites which were developed when Tarbela dam was being constructedcan readily serve for the development of new labour colonies forthe Ghazi-Barotha Project or other commercial developmentadjacent to it, as the basic infrastructural facilities areeasily available. If additional residential units are required,these should be made of temporary construction material so that,when the Project is completed, the structures can be dismantledwith ease and can be reused.

The labour colonies should not be located adjacent to Ghazi andKhalo towns for the following reasons:

- the high cost of the land required;

- the disruption of agricultural activity;

- the noise and congestion caused by the expected 24 hrworking and associated collection and deposition oflabour, and

- the disturbance of the social setup in the area.

4.6 CONCLUSIONS

Ghazi and Khalo are in urgent need of:

A proper sewerage and disposal system. With the currentrate of population growth, if this system is notprovided, there will be serious pollution and risks tohealth.

A satisfactory 24-hour water supply system.

An organised system of collecting and disposing of solidwaste.

A proper street layout with paved roads and storm waterdrainage. Except for the main road passing through thesetowns, no other street is paved.

Removal of the encroachments on the main road, to reducetraffic congestion.

It is foreseen that the development of both these towns up to theyear 2017 will remain mostly on the right side of the powerchannel.

4.13

The construction of a bypass should be investigated. This wouldnot only reduce the amount of heavy traffic passing throughthese towns but would also serve as a link road for peripheralareas of Ghazi and Khalo. However, existing commerce locatedalong the present main road will relocate along the bypass, andcare will be needed to prevent fresh encroachments on the newroad.

In the future, it is foreseen that these towns would serve asMandi towns where agricultural produce from the adjacenttowns/villages will be collected and finally transported to urbancentres of Punjab and NWFP. Keeping this factor intoconsideration, a proper Master Plan for both these towns needs tobe developed so that the future development takes place in anorganised fashion. The draft Terms of Reference for this planningwork are given in Appendix 4-Al. A budget estimate is also givenin Appendix 4-A2.

4.14

APPENDIX 4-Al

DRAFT TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR TOWN PLANNINGOF GHAZI AND KHALO

The services to be provided by the Consultants for thepreparation of a town plan for Ghazi and Khalo towns shallinclude the following items of work:

1. Topographic Survey

The topographic survey should include the locations ofall permanent or temporary structures as they appear onthe ground, including items such as electric poles,drains, roads, buildings, trees, etc. Spot levels are tobe taken at all significant changes of grade, atprincipal features and at random, and an overall plan ofthe two towns plotted at a reasonable scale (1:500 unlessotherwise agreed) with a contour interval of 1 m.

2. Land Use Survey

The Consultants shall carry out a land use survey ofGhazi and Khalo and develop a land use plan showing theexisting land use of these towns.

3. Geotechnical Investigations

Soil investigations shall be carried out by theConsultants in order to gain an overall understanding ofthe ground conditions in both the area already occupiedby the two towns and the areas proposed for expansion.The investigations are to include test pits, in-situdensity tests, collection of disturbed/undisturbed soilsamples and subsequent laboratory testing.

The results of all geotechnical investigations are to becollected into a report.

4. Data Collection

The Consultants shall gather primary and secondary datapertaining to population growth, socio-economicconditions, infrastructural facilities, institutionalsetup, etc, from all available sources so that they canform a basis for future plans and proposals.

4.15

5. Analysis and Evaluation

The Consultants shall analyse the data collected in amanner so that concrete results and inferences can beformed regarding future population growth, socio-economiccharacteristics of the towns, infrastructural layout,indication of future growth corridors and futuredevelopment programmes.

6. Planning Proposals

On the basis of primary and secondary data and theirevaluation, the Consultants shall propose potential areasfor future growth, indicating all major land uses andfuture distribution of population. The Consultants shallalso, after the evaluation of all infrastructuralfacilities, provide a broad network for such facilities.Planning proposals should also include environmentalprotection, recreational development/beautification andinstitutional setup.

7. Phasing Development Plans

After a thorough analysis, the Consultants shall provideshort term and long term phasing programmes to suit atime horizon of 20 to 25 years.

4.16

APPENDIX 4-A2

TOWN PLANNING OF GHAZI AND KHALO

BUDGET ESTIMATE

Item Description Disciplines Man- Unit Total______ |__involved _months cost (Rs) cost (Rs)

ANALYSIS & EVALUATION1 Review of data Planner 4 50,000 200,0002 Population studies Engineers 2 50,000 100,0003 Social analysis Economists 1 50,000 50,0004 Physical analyses Architects 2 50,000 100,0005 Institutional analyses Legal Advisor 1 50,000 50,0006 Development plans & Geologist 1 50,000 50,000

programmes

PLANNING7 Population distribution Planner 5 50,000 250,0008 Land use Architect 4 50,000 200,0009 Infrastructure Engineers 4 50,000 200,000

10 Tourism/recreation Economist 1 50,000 50,00011 Environmental protection Horticulturalist 1 50,000 50,00012 Institutional aspects Animal Husbandry 1 50,000 50,00013 Short-term phasing14 Long-term phasing

SUB-TOTAL 1,350,000

Unit Quantity Unit Totall _______ _________cost (Rs) cost_(Rs)

SURVEYS15 Topographic survey I acre 300 1,000 300,00016 Land use survey acre 300 500 150,00017 Socio-economic survey house 100 50 5,000

SUB-TOTAL 455,000DIRECT COSTS

18 Visits No. 15 5,000 75,00019 Lodging night 75 500 37,50020 Daily allowance day 90 200 18,00021 Communication Lump sum 30,00022 Transport Lump sum 100,00023 Computer Lump sum I 20,00024 Report printing, etc. Lump sum l 100,000

SUB-TOTAL 380,500

______ ________ __________0_ TOTAL_COST _ 2, 85500

4.17

I

CHAPTER 5

SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT FOR

GHAZI AND KHIALO TOWNS

CHAPTER 5

SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT FOR GHAZI AND KHALO TOWNS

5.1 INTRODUCTION

5.1.1 Base Data

The town of Ghazi is located on the left bank of the Indus river,about 800 m downstream of the proposed barrage. Khalo village isalso on the left bank, downstream of Ghazi town and separatedfrom it by a large seasonal stream (nullah). A causeway carriesthe main road, namely the Lawrencepur-Tarbela road, across thenullah and connects these two towns.

Within Ghazi, two main streets connect the Lawrencepur-Tarbelaroad to the bank of the Indus. The side streets are narrow andmost are unpaved.

The combined population of Ghazi and Khalo in 1991 was estimatedto be 8,255 persons with a growth rate of 3% per annum. Thus the1994 population is estimated to be about 9,020 persons. For thedesign of the wastewater treatment plant, this population hasbeen projected to increase over the life of the Project at a rateof 3% per annum.

An average daily per capita water demand of 136 litres has beenadopted to estimate the total water consumption. The wastewaterproduction has been assumed to be 80% of the daily water demand.The population figures and water demand have been adopted fromthe Report on Supplementary Environmental Studies (Ref. 5.1).

5.1.2 Existing Wastewater Collection System

Some houses have septic tanks and some have soakaway pits. Waterused for cooking, washing and laundry is generally discharged toopen, unlined (kaccha) drains located along the sides of thestreets. The discharge from some of the septic tanks also entersthese drains.

Two main open drains carry wastewater to the Indus river. Becausethese drains cross permeable ground, a large proportion of thewastewater soaks into the ground. However, since the drains havenot been constructed properly, wastewater overflows onto thestreets in many places. The drains are also liable to becomeblocked with solid waste, particularly plastic bags.

As an approximate estimate, 50% of the wastewater entering thedrains reaches the Indus.

The wastewater drainage system in Rhalo is similar to that inGhazi.

5.1

5.1.3 Purpose of Present Study

As part of the mitigation measures proposed for the Ghazi-BarothaHydropower Project, various development works are proposed forGhazi and Khalo in order to offset the effects of the Project,and the associated influx of construction workers, on theinfrastucture and population of these towns. One importantmeasure is the provision of an effective sewerage system,including treatment facilities. This report summarises the workdone on the preliminary design and preparation of a cost estimatefor such a system.

5.1.4 Planning Study

A separate preliminary town planning study has been carried outand is reported in Chapter 4. This shows that Ghazi and Khalo canbe expected to expand by the year 2017 to reach a combinedpopulation of about 18,000 persons. The required housing will bedeveloped initially in open areas between the present houses,then will be developed to the south and the west of the twotowns. This development will allow a sewerage system to bedeveloped linked to a sewage treatment works located on the bankof the Indus.

One of the recommendations of the planning report is that thewater supply system for the two towns, presently supplying waterfor two 2-hour periods each day, should be upgraded to a full24-hour supply. This upgrading will be important for thesatisfactory functioning of the sewerage system.

5.2 SEWERAGE SYSTEM

5.2.1 Concept

Until contour plans are available and more detailed planningstudies are carried out, and a road layout plan is developed, itis not possible to define the sewerage system other than in broadterms.

Since the ground occupied by Ghazi and Khalo rises away from theriver bank, it can be expected that a sewer layout can bedeveloped which will include a trunk main alongside the river, towhich will be connected lateral collectors. These would belocated along the present two main streets of Ghazi. Sub-collectors would connect properties along the minor streets,their routes depending on local contours.

The trunk main would convey the sewage to a treatment works, theproposed location of which is on the west side of the largenullah beyond Khalo (Drawing 5.1). The nullah separating Ghaziand Khalo would be crossed on concrete piers.

5.2

The provision of sewers in Khalo would follow the same generalprinciples, but would be more straightforward as the contours aremore favourable for a gravity system.

After the initial development to provide sewer connections toexisting buildings, the sewer system would be extended in linewith the expansion of Ghazi and Khalo. The trunk main andprincipal collectors would be sized for the ultimate populationof the two towns in the year 2057 (the notional end of theProject's economic life).

5.2.2 Cost of Sewer System

In the absence of detailed plans, only an overall cost estimatecan be prepared at the present time. Based on experienceelsewhere in Pakistan, it is estimated that a sewer system asdescribed above would cost about Rs 200,000 per hectare of thearea served. Based on a developed area of about 120 ha by theyear 2017, the total cost is estimated at about Rs 25 million.

5.3 SEWAGE TREATMENT WORKS

5.3.1 Location

In order to minimise the need for pumping, the sewage treatmentworks (STW) should be located in a low-lying area, ie close tothe bank of the Indus. The location should also take into accountthe future development of the two towns. Based on theseconsiderations, a location has been selected on the northwestside of Khalo, close to the large nullah, where the ground islow-lying and there is at present no development (Drawing 5.1).

5.3.2 Selection of Treatment Process

There are various sewage treatment processes that could beadopted. These include:

- activated sludge processes;

- trickling filters;

- stabilisation ponds, and

- aerated oxidation ditches.

The first two types are continuous flow mechanised types. Thecapital cost and the operating costs are both high, while themechanical plant involved requires skilled maintenance.

5.3

Stabilisation ponds are simple to construct and operate. They arewidely and successfully used in tropical and semi-tropicalcountries. Because they have to provide at least 21 days'retention and also have to be shallow to avoid anaerobicconditions developing, they require a large land area. Sincethere is pressure on land resources in Ghazi and Khalo, this typeof treatment works would not be suitable.

Aerated oxidation ditches are a modified activated sludgeprocess. This process has been adopted for many treatment worksin Pakistan and represents a good compromise between land take,operational simplicity, capital cost and overall efficiency. Theexisting three treatment plants serving the Tarbela colonies areall of the modified activated sludge type. This type isrecommended for the works serving Ghazi and Khalo.

5.3.3 Design of Treatment Works

The preliminary design of the Ghazi/Khalo wastewater treatmentplant has been conceived in three stages. Each stage will cover aperiod of about 20 years, depending on the rate of growth of thetwo towns (Drawing 5.2). The first stage design will cater forthe wastewater flows up to the year 2017.

Samples collected from the drains of Ghazi and Khalo have beensubjected to biological and chemical analysis. The BOD5 of Ghazisewage was found to be 135 mg/l and 188 mg/l while the BOD5 ofKhalo sewage was 108 mg/l (Table 5.1).

Part of the wastewater from the drains overflows onto the streetsand much of the organic matter is dissipated into the ground.Thus the BOD5 recorded is not representative of the actual sewagestrength. Instead, the BOD5 used in this design is 300 ppm, whichis an average sewage strength.

A preliminary design and cost estimate have been prepared of thesewage treatment plant (Drawings 5.2 to 5.4). The design of theplant has been based on the extended aeration system, assuming anultimate population of 58,000 persons, an average per capita flowof 136 1 (30 gallons) and a peak flow factor of 1.5. Threeparallel streams are proposed, the first stage having enoughcapacity to serve the expected population in 2017, when thesecond stage would be built. The third stage would be built asrequired to suit the further expansion of the population.

The fully developed treatment works will comprise the followingprincipal elements:

- a bar screen to remove large suspended matter, inletchannel and critical depth measuring flume;

- duplicate grit chambers with a design velocity of0.25 m/s at peak flow;

5.4

three oxidation ditches, each with a depth of 3 m and anarea of 670 m2 and equipped with four horizontal'Mammoth' type aerators of I m diameter;

three final settling tanks, each 10 m in diameter, and

sludge drying beds with a total area of 9,340 m2.

5.4 ESTIMATED COSTS

5.4.1 Sewer System

As stated in Section 5.2.2, the estimated cost of a sewer systemto serve the area expected to be developed by 2017 is Rs 25million.

5.4.2 . Sewage Treatment Works

The estimated cost for the complete treatment works is shown onTable 5.2 and totals Rs 49.5 million, or about Rs 17.5 millionfor the first stage including land purchase for the completeworks and 10% contingencies. The details of the first stage costsare given in Table 5.3.

5.4.3 Total Cost

The estimated total cost for the first stage sewerage system,including the purchase of the land required for all three stagesof the treatment works, is Rs 42.5 million at 1993 price levels.

REFERENCES

5.1 Pakistan Hydro Consultants; Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject, Report on Supplementary Environmental Studies,July 1992.

5.5

TABLE 5.1

WASTEWATER ANALYSIS OF GHAZI AND KHALO

PpH T.D.S EC HARDNESS CALCIUM. MAGNESIUM SULPHATE CHLORIDE PHOSPHOROUS PHOSPHATE AMONIA B.O.D D.O C.O.DNO. _ (C) mg/l us/rnm mg/l | mgIA I mg/A mg mg mgmgI mg mgAI mgAI mg mg/Il

Ghazi Sewage

1. 5-A* 209 6.98 435 645 3301 132! 95 126 9.6 <1 <1 I 1.54 188 1.5 2722. 5-B* |_____ 21.31 6.50 528 795 32 128j 92 50 28.0 <1 c1 1.46 135 1.7[ 188.

Khalo Sewage , .i

3. 5-C 20.8 7.03 475 706. 280_ 112 _ 81 40 22.5 <1 <1 t 2.63 108 1.81 164!Downstream Ghazi 7 : | - T -

4. 7-A** 20.8 6.89 375 531! 315 126, 91 65 12.2 <1 <1 1.91 90 7.9 1551 5. Dw7-nst* 21.5 7.01 395 561 325 30 13 94 75 15.6 < 1 < 1 1.97 82 7.8 140l

Ul! onstemKao__ I _1 _ __

6. i7-C 21.8 7.18 415; 5891 335 134 69 78 16.7 <1 <1 2.01 85 7.8 1* samples taken from two different wastewater open channels** samples taken 200 metre apart.

TABLE 5.2

SUMMARY OF COST ESTIMATE FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTAT GHAZI AND KHALO

SR. DESCRIPTION COST TOTAL AMOUNTNO. (Rs) (Rs)

STAGE-I STAGE-II STAGE-l1l

1. Sewage Pumping Station 676,000 676,000 676,000 2,028,000

2. Bar Screen and Grit Chamber 65,000 65,000 65,000 195,000

3. Oxidation Ditch 8,185,300 8,185,300 8,185,300 24,555,900

4. Clarifier 1,570,000 1,570,000 1,570,000 4,710,000

5. Sludge Drying Beds 3,006,000 3,006,000 3,006,000 9,018,000

6. Miscellaneous 1,050,000 1,050,000 1,050,000 3,150,000

Sub-Total 14,552,300 14,552,300 14,552,300 43,656,900

7. Contingencies(1 0%) 1,455,230 1,455,230 1,455,230 4,365,690

8. Land Acquisition Cost 1,450,000 - - 1,450,000

Grand Total 17,457,530 16,007,530 16,007,530 49,472,590

5.7

TABLE 5.3

ESTIMATE OF COST OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT AT GHAZI AND KHALO

SR. ITEM UNIT QUANTITY RATE AMOUNTNO. RRs)

SEWAGE PUMPING STATION1. Construction of pump

house includingexcavation P.C.C,R.C.C and pipe work Item L/S 326,000

2. Pumps for wastewaterpumping station: 3,200m3/day at 1Om head 7 kWmotors: 2 pumps, 1 duty,1 standby No 2 150,000 300,000

3. Supply of power topumping station andelectrical installation Item L/S 50,000BAR SCREEN AND GRITCHAMBER

4. Concrete structure and flowmeasurement Item L/S 25,000

5. Bar screen, galvanished M.Smanually raked No 2 20,000 40,000OXIDATION DITCH _

6. Excavation m3 4900 42 205,8007. Plain and reinforced concrete

complete in all respects m3 675 1,800 1,215,0008. _Mild steel reinforcement tonnes 82 17,250 1,414,5009. Miscellaneous items Item L/S 350,00010. Supply of 4 number Mammoth

rotors 5.5m long 1.Om diaincluding gear box, motorIcomplete in all respects Item L/S 1,250,000 5,000,000]CLARIFIER

11. One clarifier of size 10.Om dia._built of reinforced concrete Item L/S 570,000

12. Sludge scraper for clarifier,10.Om dia. rotating bridgetype with motor and gearboxescom lete in all respects Item L/S 1,000,000SLUDGE DRYING BEDS

13. Open drying beds 80m x 84mfilled with fine sand, coarsegravel including under-drainage stem Item L/S 3,006,000

14. AccessroadsandlandsRn Item _ _700 00015. Office/laboratory buildingc Item 20 S0O,00016. Water s pIy Item L/S 50,00017. Perimeter fencing m 400 250 100,000

SUB -TOTAL 14,552,30018. Contingencies _(_1___% 1,455,23019. Land acqu_sition (for all 3 Stages) 1,450,000

TOTAL COST (STAGE 1 + ALL LAND) _ 17,4577,530

5.8

CHAPTER 6

STUDY OF SOIL FOR SPOIL BANKS

CHAPTER 6

STUDY OF SOIL FOR SPOIL BANKS

6.1 GENERAL

This study provides basic information about the physical andchemical characteristics of the soils along the route of thepower channel. The primary objective of the study is toinvestigate the type of soils that are likely to be used for thespoil banks for evaluating projected yields from irrigatedcropping on the spoil banks. The results of the study will alsohelp the formulation of pilot projects to study the developmentof spoil banks and to demonstrate to the farmers the maximisationof crop yields from irrigated agriculture on the spoil banks.

6.2 SURVEY METHOD

The soils of the area to be occupied by the proposed spoil banksalong the power channel alignment, covering 1,640 ha, werestudied in detail during February 1994. Plans and longitudinalprofiles of the area at 1:5000 scale were used as field maps. Thesoil investigations were carried out along the centreline of thepower channel. Shallow (50 to 60 cm deep) pits were dug. Thesewere extended by auger holes up to 150 cm depth. At each augerhole site, soil characteristics such as colour, texture, pHvalues, calcareousness and depth to sandy/gravelly strata wererecorded. Associated features such as topography and naturalvegetation/land use were also recorded.

A total of 84 auger holes were drilled along the alignment ofthe power channel. The observations were about 600 m apart. Theaverage density of observation was one auger hole per 20 ha. Logsof these holes have been provided on Drawing 6.1.

For more detailed morphological description and sampling,6 profile pits, logged in Drawing 6.2, were excavated atrepresentative sites up to a depth of 160 cm. The descriptions(Appendix 6-A) were made according to the FAO Guidelines for SoilDescription and Soil Survey Manual, Agriculture Handbook No. 18.

Twenty-five (25) soil samples were collected from differenthorizons/layers of the profile pits for the following analyses:

- saturation percentage;

- ECe and pH;

- soluble cations like Ca Mg++ ,Na+ K+;

- soluble anions like Co3 , HC03 , Cl, S04

- sodium adsorption ratio (SAR);

6.1

lime percentage;

organic matter content;

available phosphorus;

moisture percentage retained at 1/3 and 15 bars, and

particle size (mechanical) analysis.

All the above-mentioned tests were carried out in the SalinityMonitoring Directorate, SCARP Monitoring Laboratory WAPDA, CanalBank, Moghalpura, Lahore. The tests were conducted by usingmethods given in USDA Agriculture Handbook No. 60.

Soils data have been interpreted in terms ofcapability/suitability of the spoil banks for irrigatedagricultural crops including vegetables and orchards adapted tothe climate of the area.

The findings of the study are described in the followingSections.

6.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY

The proposed alignment of the power channel traverses throughthree landforms, namely: abandoned river plain/terrace of theIndus; loess plain, and a few rock outcrops, covering 80.6, 18.0and 1.4% of its length, respectively.

The abandoned river terrace has a nearly level to gentlyundulating topography interrupted at places by hummocks ofvarious dimensions. The plain is traversed by numerous nullahs(hill torrents) originating from the eastern hills which arecomposed of sedimentary rocks such as sandstone and shale. Theterrace belongs to the Late Pleistocene period. It lies at ahigher elevation than the present flood plain and is separated byan escarpment clearly discernible on the ground.

The loess plain is an aeolian deposit belonging to the LatePleistocene period. It occurs as nearly level to gentlyundulating scattered patches in the middle reaches of the powerchannel on both sides of the GT road. These patches areseparated from the adjoining lands by escarpmentscharacteristically gullied at the edges.

The rock outcrops generally lie on the southern edges of thepower channel near Kamra, between RD 33 and 36. These are oflargely Cretaceous age. They have steep to very steep slopes andare largely devoid of natural vegetation.

6.2

6.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENTOF SPOIL BANKS

6.4.1 General

The soils of the power channel area comprise mainly mixed Indusriver alluvium and partly the silt-sized aeolian deposits calledloess.

Seven (7) soil textural classes have been recognized during thesoil investigation of the power channel, namely: loams, finesandy loams, sandy loams, silt loams, very fine sandy loams,loamy sands and sands. These textures have been further groupedinto loamy and sandy soils. The loamy soils include thetextures: loams, sandy loams, silt loams and very fine sandyloams. The sandy soils consist of loamy sands and sands. Twomiscellaneous land types, gravelly and rocky areas, have alsobeen identified. The analytical data of these soils are providedin Table 6.1.

The distribution of soil textural groups along thepower channelis given in Table 6.2. Their characteristics and recommendationsfor improvement are described below.

6.4.2 Deep to Very Deep Loamy Soils

These soils stretch over 18,750 m (36.1%) and are the most commonalong the power channel, lying mainly in the middle reaches. Thegeneral topography is level to nearly level but there arescattered hummocks of silt loam/ very fine sandy loam texture insome areas. Three (3) pits and 35 auger holes were made in thisunit.

The soils are deep to very deep, dominantly medium textured. Thetexture of top soils and subsoil vary from loam to sandy loam.The structure of top soil is massive whereas the subsoil has amassive to weak coarse subangular0 blocky structure. The ECevaries from 0.4 to 1.8 dS/m at 25 C. The pH ranges between 8.0and 8.1. The lime content varies from 1.2 to 14.2% (slightly tomoderately calcareous). The soils are extremely poor in organicmatter (0.04 to 1.2%) and available phosphorus (0.33 to0.71 ppm).

These soils constitute Class I land and, subject to improvementof their organic matter content, have no limitations. They arehighly suitable for a wide range of agricultural crops,vegetables and orchards suited to the climate of the area. Thefollowing recommendations are made for the development of soil onthe spoil bank:

- the top one metre depth of these soils should be removedand spread on the spoil banks;

6.3

proper crop rotations, green manuring and the addition offarmyard manure should be practiced to improve nutrientlevels and organic activity of the spoil banks; and

-suitable trees/grasses should be grown on the sides ofthe spoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.3 Moderately Deep Loamy Soils

The soils of this group extend over 3,815 m (7.4%) of the powerchannel length and lie in 6 patches mainly in the HaripurDistrict. The area is generally level to nearly level butslightly raised at places. Ten (10) auger holes were drilled inthis soil group.

The soils are moderately deep silt loams/loams/sandy loams. Theyare underlain by gravelly and sandy strata between 50 to 90 cmdepth. The colour varies from brown to dark brown. The top soilis massive while the subsoil has weak coarse and mediumsubangular blocky structure. The soils are non-saline. The pH isaround 8.0. The soils are slightly to moderately calcareous. Theyare inherently low in organic matter and available phosphorus.

These soils are classified as Class II land on the basis offollowing limitations:

- gravelly and sandy strata encountered between 50 to 90 cmdepth poses a restriction to deep-rooted crops, and

- somewhat rapid percolation resulting in a low capacity tohold water and nutrients.

The following recommendations are made for improvement:

- the depth of top 50 to 90 cm of this soil should beincreased to 1.0 m on the spoil bank;

- green manuring and addition of farmyard manure to improvenutrient level and organic activity of the soils forproper plant growth;

- proper crop rotation should be followed to maintainfertility level of the soil, and

- suitable trees/grasses should be planted on the sides ofthe spoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.4 Shallow Loamy Soils

These soils extend over 2,425 m (4.7%) of the power channellength. They occur at 8 different places between RD 3 to 10 in

6.4

the Haripur District. The topography of the area is nearly levelto level. Three (3) auger holes were made in this group.

The soils are underlain by extremely gravelly/sandy strata below30 to 50 cm depth. They are brown/dark brown in colour, massiveto weakly structured and slightly to moderately calcareous.

These soils are grouped into Class III land due to the followinglimitations:

- shallow depth to extremely gravelly and sandy strata;

- restriction to deep and moderately deep-rooted crops;

- rapid percolation, and

- low water and nutrient holding capacity.

These soils are suitable for shallow rooted and drought resistantcrops. In order to obtain optimum production, followingmanagement practices should be adopted:

- depth of top 30 to 50 cm of this soil should be increasedto 1.0 m on the spoil bank;

- light but frequent irrigation;

- split doses of fertilizer application;

- green manuring/addition of farmyard manure to improvewater holding capacity and nutrients level of the spoilbanks, and

- suitable trees/grasses should be grown on the sides ofthe spoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.5 Deep to Very Deep Sandy Soils

These soils occupy 9,210 m (17.7%) of the power channel lengthand lie in 8 different patches between RD 21+000 and RD 51+000 inthe Attock District. The topography is nearly level to gentlyundulating. One pit and 12 auger holes were dug in this unit.

The soils of this group are deep to very deep coarse textured(sands or loamy sands). The colour varies from brown/greyishbrown to light olive brown/light yellowish brown. They areslightly calcareous. The lime content falls between 1.2 and 2.8%and is uniformly distributed throughout the profOile. They arenon-saline and ECe is less than 1.0 dS/m at 25 C, and pH isaround 8.1. These soils are inherently very poor in organicmatter (0.04 to 0.08%) and available phosphorus (0.3 to 0.6 ppm).These soils are named as Class IV land because of the followinglimitations:

6.5

sandy nature;

rapid percolation, and

low water and nutrient holding capacity.

The soils are excessively drained and suitable for growingdrought-resistant crops only. By adopting the followingmanagement practices, the yields of crops could be increased:

- if medium to fine textured soil material is foundunderneath these soils, it should be spread on top of thespoil banks to improve their suitability for plants;

- light but frequent irrigation and split doses offertilizer application;

- addition of farmyard manure/green manuring to improvenutrient level and water holding capacity of the spoilbanks, and

- growing of suitable trees/grasses on the sides of thespoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.6 Moderately Deep Sandy Soils

This unit extends over 3,385 m (6.5%) of the power channellength. It occurs at 2 places-between RD 21+000 and RD 25+000 andat 3 places between RD 39+000 to 43+000 in the Attock District.The surface slope is nearly level to gently sloping. Eight (8)auger holes were drilled in this group.

The soils are moderately deep sands/loamy sands and underlain byloamy soils (sandy loams/loams) below 50 to 90 cm depth. Thecolour of sandy soils is brown to greyish brown whereas loamysoils are of dark yellowish brown colour. The structure of theupper sandy soils is massive whereas the lower loamy soils areweakly structured. The soils are free of excessive soluble saltsand pH is around 8.0. They are non to slightly calcareous. Thecontent of organic matter and available phosphorus is extremelylow.

These soils are classified as Class IV land due to the followinglimitations:

- rapid percolation due to sandy surface and upper sub-soil;

- low water and nutrient holding capacity, and

- limited choice of suitable crops.

6.6

The following recommendations are made for improvement of thesesoils:

the loamy material existing below 50 to 90 cm depthshould be excavated and spread over the spoil banks to adepth of one metre so that its suitability for plants isimproved;

addition of farmyard manure/green manuring to developorganic activity and to improve water and nutrientholding capacity of the spoil banks;

selection of drought resistant crops, and

suitable trees/grasses should be grown on the sides ofthe spoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.7 Shallow Sandy Soils

These soils cover 9,470 m (18.2%) of the length of the powerchannel. These occur at 12 patches generally after RD 18 in theAttock District. The slope is nearly level to level but locallyundulating. Two (2) pits and 13 auger holes were made in thesoils of this unit.

These soils are underlain by loamy soils (sandy loams/loams)below 30 to 50 cm depth. The colour is brown/dark brown toyellowish brown. The top soil is massive while the subsoil hasweak coarse and medium subangular blocky structure. The ECe ofthe soils vary from 0.4 to 0.9 dS/m at 25 C. The pH ranges from7.8 to 8.0. The soils are invariably calcareous and the limecontent is between 1.2 to 4.4%. They are deficient in organicmatter (0.04 to 0.12%) and available phosphorus (0.4 to 1.0 ppm).

These soils are grouped into Class II land because of thefollowing limitations:

somewhat rapid percolation due to sandy texture of thetop soil, and

somewhat low water and nutrient holding capacity.

The following recommendations are made for improvement of thesesoils:

the loamy soils generally encountered below 30 to 50 cmdepth should be excavated and spread on the spoil banksto a depth of 1.0 m to improve their suitability forplants;

6.7

addition of farmyard manure and green manuring to developorganic activity and nutrient level of the spoil banks,and

growing of suitable trees/grasses on the sides of thespoil banks to control erosion.

6.4.8 Miscellaneous Areas

This unit extends over 4,857 m (9.4%) of the power channellength. Three (3) auger holes were made in this unit. About 8% ofthe unit is extremely gravelly and sandy in the early and endreaches. The remaining 1.4% is a rocky area in the middle reachesof the power channel. The unit constitutes Class VI land (non-arable).

The productivity of the spoil banks will depend upon thethickness of soil material spread over them. If the thickness ofthe soil is 90 cm or more it will constitute Class I land; if 50to 90 cm: Class II land, and if less than 50 cm: Class III land.The recommendations for improvement of these classes have alreadybeen given.

6.5 CROP SUITABILITY RATINGS

6.5.1 General

Crop suitability rating of soils is a measure of theirsuitability for sustained production of specified crops. Theseratings are based on two factors, soil characteristics, and theclimate of the area. These range from Class 1, for the mostsuitable soils, to Class 4 for the least or not suitable.

The ratings are similar to land capability classes, with twoimportant differences. Firstly, a crop suitability rating is arating for an individual crop whereas a land capability class isa rating for overall crop production. Secondly, the cropsuitability rating takes into account only the most favourableseason of the year for the soil-crop combination underconsideration, while land capability classification is based onthe limitations of a soil for crop production throughout theyear.

6.5.2 Suitability Classes

Four suitability ratings/classes are recognised as below:

Class 1: Highly Suitable : 85 to 100% of the potentialyields

Class 2: Moderately Suitable : 60 to 85% of the potentialyields

6.8

Class 3: Marginally Suitable : 30 to 60% of the potentialyields

Class 4: Not Suitable : less than 30% of the potentialyields

The crop suitability ratings of the soils, their characteristics,limitations, land capability class and extent are given inTable 6.3.

It is evident that about two-thirds (62%) of the soils are highlyto moderately suitable and about one-third (29%) of the area ismoderately to marginally suitable for most of the proposed cropsof the area. The remaining 9% of the area is not suitable forcropping. The spoil banks will be provided in the vicinity ofpresently cultivated areas where the soils are invariablysuitable for agriculture. However, at places where spoil bankcomposed of material that is not suitable will be covered withsuitable material.

6.9

APPENDIX 6-A

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOIL PROFILE PITS

A.1 GENERAL

As mentioned earlier, 6 profile pits were excavated, describedand sampled in the represented soils of the power channel. Thedescriptions were made according to "FAO Guidelines for SoilDescriptions" and "Conventions of Soil Survey Manual, U.S.D.AHandbook No. 18". The soil colour notations are as per "MunsellColor Charts" (Munsells Colour Co. 1954). The logs of the soilpits are presented in Drawing 6.2.

A total of 25 soil samples were collected from differentlayers/horizons of the profile pits for detailed physical andchemical analysis (Table 6.1). The various physico-chemical testswere carried out in the WAPDA Laboratory as per proceduresdescribed in USDA, Agriculture Handbook No. 60.

The descriptions of soil profiles are given below.

A.2 PIT No. 1

A.2.1 General Information

Location : RD 27 + 825Parent material River-alluviumTopography : Nearly levelSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/land use : Eucalyptus treesDate of examination February 9, 1994

A.2.2 Pit Description

0-20cm Grayish brown (1OYR5/2) moist and pale brown (1OYR6/3)dry; loamy sand ; massive; many very fine and fine,common medium roots; moderately calcareous; non-saline(ECe 0.9 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

20-45cm Brown/dark brown (10YR4/3) moist; fine sandy loam;weak coarse subangular blocky; common fine and*medium tubular pores; few very fine and fineroots; moderately calcareous; non-saline (ECe0.5 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

45-75cm Brown/dark brown (10YR4/3) moist; sandy loam; weakcoarse and medium subangular blocky; few fine andmedium tubular pores; few very fine and mediumscattered coarse roots; moderately calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.4 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

6.10

75-130cm Brown/dark brown to dark yellowish brown (1OYR4/3-4)moist; sandy loam; weak coarse breaking into mediumand fine subangular blocky; few very fine and finetubular pores; few fine roots; moderately calcareous;non-saline (ECe 0.5 dS/m) ; pH 8.0; clear smoothboundary.

130-160cm Pale brown (1OYR6/3) moist, loamy sand; massive; fewvery fine and fine tubular pores, no roots; moderatelycalcareous; non saline (ECe 0.6 ds/m); pH 7.6.

A.3 PIT No. 2


Location : RD 34 + 635Parent material : LoessTopography : Nearly levelSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/land use : WheatDate of examinatior. n February 9, 1994


0-20cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist and pale brown (10YR6/3) dry;silt loam; massive; few fine, medium and coarsetubular pores in the lower side; few fibrous, veryfine and fine roots; moderately calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.4 dS/m); pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

20-65cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist and pale brown (1OYR6/3) dry;silt loam; weak coarse breaking into fine and mediumsubangular blocky; common very fine, fine and mediumtubular pores; many very fine and fine, common mediumand a few coarse roots; moderately calcareous; nonsaline (ECe 0.55 dS/m); pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

65-130cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist; silt loam; weak coarse breakinginto medium subangular blocky structure; common veryfine and fine, few medium and scattered coarse limeconcretions; moderately calcareous; non-saline (ECe0.5 dS/m); pH 8; clear smooth boundary.

130-160cm Light yellowish brown (1OYR6/4) moist and pale brown(IOYR6/3) dry; silt loam; weak coarse subangularblocky; common very fine and fine, a few coarsetubular pores; few fibrous, very fine and finescattered medium and coarse roots; moderatelycalcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.4 dS/m); pH 8.0.

6.11

A.4 PIT No. 3


Location : RD 40 + 965Parent material River alluviumTopography Gently slopingSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/land use Fallow after wheatDate of examination February 10, 1994


0-15cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist and pale brown (1OYR6/3) dry;loamy sand; massive; no pores; few very fine, fine andmedium roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe0.7 dS/m); pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

15-55cm Grayish brown (1OYR5/2) moist; loamy sand; massive;few fine and medium tubular pores; scattered mediumand fibrous, many fine roots; slightly calcareous;non-saline (ECe 0.5 dS/ni) ; pH 8.0; clear smoothboundary.

55-110cm Light olive brown (2.5YR5/4) moist and light yellowishbrown (2.5Y6/4) dry; sand; massive; scattered fine andvery fine tubular pores; few very fine and fine,common fibrous roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline(ECe 0.45 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

110-160cm Grayish brown to light olive brown (2.5YR5/2-4) moistand light yellowish brown (2.5YR6/4) dry; sand;massive; no pores; few fibrous and very fine roots;slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 1.8 dS/m)pH 8.0.

A.5 PIT No. 4


Location RD 46 + 100Parent material : River alluviumTopography : Nearly level to gently

slopingSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/land use : Fallow after ground nutDate of examination February 10, 1994

6.12


0-25 cm Brown (lOYR5/3) moist and pale brown (1OYR6/3) dry;sand; massive; no pores; few fibrous, common very fineand fine, few medium roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.85 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

4 25-760 cm Dark grayish brown (1OYR4/2) moist; loamy sand; weakcoarse breaking into fine and medium subangularblocky; many very fine, common fine and medium tubularpores; few fine and medium, common fibrous roots inpatches; few krotovina; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.75 dS/m; pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

70-110 cm Brown (IOYR5/3) moist; sandy loam; weak coarsesubangular blocky; common fine and medium, few veryfine tubular pores; few fibrous and very fine roots;slightly calcareous; non saline (ECe 0.4 dS/m);pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

110-160cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist; loamy sand with 5 to 10%gravels by volume in the matrix; massive; common veryfine and fine, few medium tubular pores; few mediumand coarse roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline(ECe 0.65 dS/m); pH 8.0.

A.6 PIT No. 5


Location : RD 1 + 775Parent material : LoessTopography : Nearly level, terraced

fieldSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/ Wheatland useDate of examination February 11, 1994


0-20cm Pale brown (1OYR6/3) moist; silt loam; massive; commonfine and medium tubular pores; common fine and medium,few coarse roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe0.70 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

20-60cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist; silt loam; weak coarsesubangular blocky; common very fine and fine fewmedium tubular pores; few very fine and fine, commonmedium and coarse roots in patches; moderatelycalcareous; non-saline (ECe dS/m); pH 8.0; clearsmooth boundary.

6.13

60-110cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist; silt loam; weak coarsesubangular blocky; few fine and medium tubular pores;common very fine and fine, few medium and commonfibrous roots in patches; moderately calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.45 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

110-160cm Pale brown (1OYR6/3) moist; silt loam; common fine andmedium, few coarse tubular pores; few medium and fine,common fibrous roots in patches; few krotovina;moderately calcareous; non saline (ECe 1.8 dS/m);pH 8.0.

A.7 PIT No. 6


Location : RD 18 + 750Parent material : River alluviumTopography : Nearly levelSource of irrigation RainfedNatural vegetation/land use Fallow after ground nutDate of examination February 11, 1994


0-25 cm Brown/dark brown (1OYR4/3) moist; loam; massive; fewfine and medium tubular pores in the lower side; fewvery fine and fine roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.75 dS/m); pH 8.1; clear smooth boundary.

25-70 cm Dark yellowish brown (1OYR4/4) moist; clay loam/loam;weak coarse subangular blocky; few fine and medium,few coarse tubular pores; few fibrous and very fine,few coarse roots; slightly calcareous; non- saline(ECe 0.40 dS/m); pH 8.0; clear smooth boundary.

70-130 cm Brown/yellowish brown (1OYR5/3-4) moist; sandyloam/loam; weak coarse subangular blocky; few fine andmedium tubular pores; few medium and coarse roots;slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.55 dS/m) ; pH7.5; clear smooth boundary.

130-160 cm Brown (1OYR5/3) moist, loamy sand; massive; no pores;no roots; slightly calcareous; non-saline (ECe 0.55dS/m); pH 7.3.

6.14

TABLE 6.1

PHYSICO- CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF PIT SAMPLES

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _S h S h e t I oo f 2

Depth Satura- pH ECe Saturation Extrac Analysis (meq/1)_____ SAR CaCO3 Avail- fOrganic Moisture Percentage Avatilable Mechanical Analysi Textural (3asscmt tion dS/ma %age able j matter Retained at Bars Moisturel

%age at 251C + P %age Percentage Cay St Sand

PIT NO I SALWSNY SOILS OVER LOAM SoIlS

0- 20 25 8.0 0.90 7.5 1.5 0.4 Nil 2.5 2.5 43 0.8 4.0 0.57 0.04 9.00 4.04 4.96 10.00 15.0 75.0 Loamy sand20- 45 25 8.0 0.50 4.0 0.8 03 Nil 1.5 1.5 2.0 0.5 4.4 0.52 0.04 1039. 4.99 5.40 10.00 24.0 66.0 Sandy loam45- 75 25 8.0 0.40 3.5 0.6 02 Nil 1.0 1.5 1.9 0.6 4.0 1.00 0.04 10.50 5.14 5.36 4.0 32.0 64.0 Sandy loam75-130 25 8.0 0.50 4.0 0.8 0.2 Ngl 1.0 1.5 2.5 0.5 3.6 0.33 0.04 9.09 4.12 4.97 5.0 22.0 73.0 Sandy loam130-160 25 8.0 0.60 5.5 0.9 0.1 Nil 2.0 1.5 j3.0 0.5 3.2 0.38 0.04 6.67 2.97 3.70 9.0 7.0 84.0 Loamy sand

0\ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PIT NO.2 (DEP LOAMY SOILS)

Hq 0- 20 35 8.1 0.40 3.5 0.9 02 Nil 1.5 1.5 1.6 0.7 142 0.29 0.04 25.87 8.83 17.04 10.0 78.00 12.0 Silt loam20- 65 35 8.1 0.55 4.5 0.9 02 Nil 1.5 2.0 2.1 0.6 13.6 0.33 0.04 26.11 8.74 17.37 11.0 78.0 11.0 Sitla65- 130 40 8&1 0.55 4.5 1.2 02 Nil 2.0 1.5 2.4 0.8 12.8 0.54 0.04 26.03 8.88 17.15 11.0 78.0 11.0 salt loam130-160 35 8.1 0.40 2.5 1.6 02 Nil 1.0 1.5 1.8 1.4 12.8 1.13 0.04 27.56 8.84 18.72 13.0 78.0 9.0 Silt lom

PIT NO.3 (DEP SANDY SOILS)

0- 15 25 8.0 0.65 5.5 I1.2 Nil NO 2.0 2.0 2.7 0.7 1.2 0.33 I0.04 6.86 3.49 3.37 8.0 8.0 84.0 Loamy sand15- 55 25 8.0 0.80 7.0 I1.3 Nil Nil 2.5 2.5 3.4 0.7 2.8 0.58 I0.04 6.94 3.59 3.25 5.0 11.0 84.0 Loamy sand55-110 25 8.0 0.80 6.5 j1.0 NHl Nil 2.0 2.5 3.0 0.6 2.4 0.65 0.04 5.98 2.89 3.09 5.0 7.0 87.0 Sanrd110- 160 25 8.0 0.50 4.0 j1.0 Nil Nil 1.5 1.5 2.0 0.7 2.0 0.29 0.08 5.42 2.74 2.68 2.0 7.0 91.0 Sand

TA.BLE 6.1

PHYSICO -CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF PIT SAMPLE-S

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ S heSh ee t 22 oo f 2

Depth Satura- pH ECe Saturation Extract Analysis (meq/1)J SAR CaCO3 Avail- Organic Moisture PercenLageAvailable -Mechanical Analysis Textural Class

cm. tion dS/mS0 %age able mtatter Retained at Bars Moisture%age at 25C M - - 13%a5bars Percentage Ca2y Silt Sand

PIT NO. 4 MERTLDEEP SANDY SOILS OVER LOAMY SOLS)

0- 25 25 8.0 0.85 7.5 1.2 02 Nil 2.5 I2.5 3.9 0.6 1.6 0.90 0.12 5.81 2.59 3.22n 5.0 8.0 87.0 Sand25- 70 25 8.1 0.75 6.5 1.2 021 Nil 2.5 2.5 2.9 0.6 2.0 0.41 0.08 8.48 4.36 4.12 8.0 11.0 81.0 Loamy sand70-110 25 8.1 0.40 3.0 1.2 0.2 NOl 1.0 I1.5 1.9 0.9 2.8 023 0.04 9.30 4.80 4.50 9.0 14.0 77.0 Sandy loam110-160 25 8.0 0.65 5.0 1.5 02 Nil 2.0 2.0 2.7 0.5 2.8 0.40 0.00 9.35 4.76 4.59 7.0 14.0 79.0 Loamy sand

PIT NO. 5 (DEP LOAMY SOILS)

0- 20 40 8.0 0.70 5.5 1. 0.1 Nil 2.0 2.0 3.1 0.9 4.0 0.32 0.08 31.17 10.00 21.17 16.0 72.0 12.0 Sift foam20- 60 48 8.0 0.50 4.0 1.4 0.1 Nil 1.0 2.0 2.5 1.0 6.0 0.5 0.12 31.99 10.10 21.89 17.0 73.0 10.0 Silt loam

-. 60-110 50 8.0 0.45 3.0 1.6 0.3 Nil 1.0 2.0 1.9 1.3 7.6 0.31 0.04 31.58 10.30 21.28 15.0 76.0 9.0 Silt loamO ~ 110-160 35 8.0 1.80 6.0 123 0.1 Nil 2.0 7.0 9.4 7.1 92 0.39 0.00 31.18 10.20 20.98 15.0 73.0 12.0 Silt loam

PIT NO.6 (DE OMY SILS)

0- 25 I 30 8.1 0.75 6.5 1.5 0.1 Nil 2.0 3.0 3.1 I0.8 3.2 0.71 0.08 12.35 5.90 6.45 9.0 33.0 58.0 Sandy loam25-70130 8.0 0.40 3.0 1.0 0.1 Nil 1.5 1.0 1.6j0.8 2.8 0.55 0.08 12.12 5.80 6.32 14.0 24.0 62.0 Sandy loam70-130 I 25 8.0 0.55 4.5 1.4 0.1 Ngl 1.5 2.0 2.5 I0.9 12 0.36 0.04 I936 4.29 I 5.07 12.0 14.0 74.0 Sandyloam130-160 j 25 8.0 0.55 5.0 1.6 0.1 Nil 2.0 2.0 2.7 j1.0 12 0.38 0.08 j 5.69 2.57 3.12 9.0 2.0 j89.0 Sand

TABLE 6.2

DISTRIBUTION OF SOIL TEXTURAL GROUPS

Sheet 1 of 3S.No. SOIL TEXTURAL REACH LENGTH PERCENTAGE X

CLASSIFICATION REDUCED DISTANCE(km) (meter)

1. Deep to very deep loamy 1+485 to 2+085 600soils 2+375 to 2+850 475

9+240 to 11+300 206013+270 to 14+960 169014+960 to 17+960 300018+415 to 18+995 58019+855 to 20+380 52524+670 to 25+530 86026+030 to 28+625 259529+ 105 to 30+690 158531+615 to 32+895 128033+055 to 33+355 30033+590 to 35+530 194035+995 to 36+655 66045+895 to 46+495 600

Sub Total: 18750 36.1

2. Moderately deep loamy 0+980 to 1+325 345soils underlain by very 3+545 to 4+050 505gravelly and sandy strata 5+430 to 5+640 210below 50 to 90 cm depth 6+605 to 6+935 330

11+300 to 13+270 197017+960 to 18+415 455

Sub Total: 3815 7.4

3. Shallow loamy soils 3+170 to 3+285 115underlain by very gravelly 4+050 to 4+360 310and sandy strata below 4+445 to 4+585 14030 to 50 cm depth 4+770 to 5+270 500

6+070 to 6+605 5356+970 to 7+105 1357+290 to 7+480 1908+740 to 9+240 500

Sub Total: 2425 4.7

6.17

TABLE 6.2


Sheet 2 of 3S.No. SOIL TEXTURAL REACH LENGTH PERCENTAGE


4. Deep to very deep sandy soils ?1 +670 to 22+690 102030+690 to 31+615 92537+110 to 38+990 188038+990 to 39+420 43040+280 to 41+330 105041+640 to 41+985 34543+445 to 45+715 227050+335 to 51+625 1290

Sub Total: 9210 17.7

5. Moderately deep sandy soils 21+300 to 21+670 370underlain by loamy soils 23+730 to 24+670 940below 50 to 90 cm depth 39+420 to 40+280 860

41+330 to 41+640 31041 +985 to 42+890 905

Sub Total: 3385 6.5

6. Shallow sandy soils underlain 8+260 to 8+740 480by loamy soils below 30 to 50 cm 18+995 to 19+855 860depth 20+380 to 20+960 580

20+960 to 21+300 34022+690 to 23+730 104025+530 to 26+030 50028+625 to 29+105 48032+895 to 33+055 16036+655 to 37+110 45542+890 to 43+445 55545+715 to 45+895 18046+495 to 50+335 3840

Sub Total: 9470 18.2

6.18

TABLE 6.2


Sheet 3 of 3S.No. SOIL TEXTURAL REACH LENGTH PERCENTAGE


7. Miscellaneous Area

a) Extremely gravelly& 0+000 to 0+980 980sandyarea 1+325 to 1+485 160

2+085 to 2+375 2902+850 to 3+170 3203+285 to 3+545 2604+360 to 4+445 854+585 to 4+770 1855+270 to 5+430 1605+640 to 6+070 4306+935 to 6+970 357+105 to 7+290 1857+480 to 8+260 780

51+625 to 51+912 287

Sub Total: 4157 8.0

b) Rocky area 33+355 to 33+590 23535+530 to 35+995 465

Sub Total: 700 1.4

Grand Total: 51912 100.0

6.19

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ /

TABLE 6.3

CROP SUITABIUTY RATINGS

SUITABILITY RATING*Soil Limitaton Land Extent RABI KHARF

Capability %age Wheat Barley PulsesI Oil Toba- Vege- Fodderi Maize Millet Sorg-j G.nut IGow- Pulses Vege- Fodde S.Cane Orc-Class l | Seeds cco table l l hum | ara tables hard

Deep very deep loamy None i 36.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1soils

Moderately deep loamy Some what rapid 11 G 7.4 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2soils underlain by very percolation and somegravelly and sandy strata what restriction to

deep rooted crops

Shalbw loamysoils Rapidpercolation III G 4.7 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 4

underlain by gravelly and restriction toand sandy strata deep and modesrately

deep rooted crops

Deep sandy soils Rapid percolation, IV 17.7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 1 2 3 3 3 4 3Low water andnutrient holdingcapacity

GI Moderately deep sandy Rapid percolation, IV 6.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 4 3soils under lain by low water and

N loamy soils nutrient holdingcapacity

Shallowsandysoils Somewhatlowwater lIs 18.2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 1

underlain by loamy soils and nutrient holdingcapacity

Miscellaneous Area

Gravelly/Rocky Area Non-arable VI 9.4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4Total: 1 00.0

Class 1. Highly Suitable : 85 to 100 percent of the potential yields Note: - Rabi vegetables include potato, tumip, carrots, spinach, cauliflower, raddish, onion and garlic.C lass 2. Moderately suitable : 60 to 85 percent of the potential yields - Kharf vegetables include chillies, bottle gourd, brinal and lady finger.Class 3. Margenally Suitable : 30 to 60 percent of the potential yieldsClass 4. Not Suhable : Less than 30 percent of the potential yields

CHAPTER 7

AGRICULTURAL POTENTLAL OF

THE SPOIL BANKS

CHAPTER 7

AGRICULTURAL POTENTIAL OF THE SPOIL BANKS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

7.1.1 Objectives of the Study

After the implementation of the Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject, an estimated 1,640 ha along the power channel will bedeveloped as agricultural land on the spoil banks. Afternecessary levelling, the area will be covered with topsoil andconverted into irrigated land through the installation oftubewells. The proposed utilisation of the spoil banks is toallocate them to the farmers whose land will be acquired forconstruction and other civil uses of the Project.

The estimated total privately-owned agricultural land to beacquired for the Project is:

Irrigated 196 haBarani 2,287 ha

Owners of presently irrigated lands will be provided with anequal amount of irrigated land on the spoil banks, whereas theowners of presently barani (rain-fed) land will receive irrigatedplots on the spoil banks equal to half the size of their currentholdings. Because of the potentially greater productivity ofirrigated land, the barani farmers have indicated a willingnessto accept new irrigated plots which are half the size of theirpresent holdings (Ref. 7.1).

The agricultural potential of the spoil banks has been studied toascertain potential productivity levels for irrigated land. Thecompensatory principles of the Project Resettlement Action Planassumed a 1:2 productivity ratio between barani and irrigatedland. The purpose of this study is to examine whether or notthis is a reliable assumption.

7.1.2 Methodology

This study presents the results of a comparative analysis ofproductivity levels in the Project area between irrigated andbarani agriculture. For this purpose, the present croppingpattern, present crop yields and farm inputs of both irrigatedand barani areas of Attock District, where most (87%) of theProject area lies, have been established. The data has beensupplemented with field visits and interviews with the localfarmers to adjust the official cropping pattern and crop yieldsto account for specific conditions in the Project area.

On the basis of these refined data, the crop gross margins forall crops have been calculated under irrigated and barani

7.1

conditions. Previous studies show that upon conversion frombarani to irrigated agriculture, farmers often adopt high valuecash crops like vegetables in the new cropping pattern.Therefore, in addition, farm budgets for the same size of farmunder typical barani and irrigated cropping patterns have alsobeen computed and the benefits are expressed in financial andmonetary terms. The results of the study are presented in thefollowing sections.

7.2 PRESENT AGRICULTURE

7.2.1 Present Barani Cropping Pattern and Intensity

Cropping patterns and intensities are considered a measure of theexisting level of agricultural development of an area. Therefore,data on the areas under different crops have been obtained fromthe Director, Crop Reporting Service, Punjab, for Attock Districtfor the last three years, ie 1989-90 to 1991-92 (Ref. 7.2).

The existing cropping patterns and intensities have been computedon a three-year average and the resulting data are shown inTable 7.1. This indicates that, under the prevailing baraniconditions, the average annual cropping intensity is computed at77.1%, with kharif * making up 21.4% of the total and rabi 55.7%.As observed in the table, drought resistant crops, such assorghum, millet, groundnut, wheat, oilseeds (rapeseed andmustard), are grown in the area. The prominent crops in kharifare sorghum (11%), groundnut (8%), maize (2%) and pulses (0.5%).In rabi the major crops are wheat (51.7%), oilseeds (2.2%) andgrams (1.9%). The overall cropping pattern is showndiagramatically in Drawing 7.1 (Ref. 7.3).

7.2.2 Present Barani Crop Yields

Present crop yields are very low as most of the land to beacquired is dependent on rains. The yearly barani crop yields forAttock District from 1989-90 to 1991-92, based on published dataof Agricultural Statistics of Punjab, are shown in Table 7.2.This indicates considerable annual variation in crop yields,mainly due to fluctuations in rainfall. Therefore, to achievebetter accuracy in estimating agricultural benefits, the mostrecent available 3 years weighted average of yields has beenconsidered to represent the existing situation. These averageyields are also shown in Table 7.2 (Ref. 7.4 and 7.5).

7.2.3 Barani crop Production

Based on the average cropped area (1989-90 through 1991-92) forthe Project region and average crop yields ( 1989-90 through

* Kharif : The summer cropping season (April to September)Rabi : The winter cropping season (October to March)

7.2

1991-92) for Attock District, the existing estimated cropproduction is given in Table 7.3.

7.2.4 Barani Farm Inputs

Due to uncertainty in water availability and low production frombarani agriculture, the use of only small quantities of chemicalfertilizer and pesticides has been reported by the farmers. Theprevalent seed rates, numbers of ploughings, plankings and labourrequirements reported by the farmers have been recorded and areshown in Tables 7.4 and 7.5.

7.2.5 Irrigated Agriculture

The present cropping pattern, crop yields and crop production,along with the farm input level practiced on irrigated land (ieon 196 ha) have been established and are given in Tables 7.6 to7.10.

7.3 AGRICULTURE ON SPOIL BANKS

7.3.1 General

Under the Project, excavated spoils will be placed on both banksof the power channel. After the necessary levelling of spoilmaterial, the spoil banks will be dressed with top soil and theland converted into agricultural land. This land will beprovided with 150 tubewells and resold to the farmers losing landto the Project.

To predict the productivity of this land, it is necessary toestablish future cropping levels and crop yields. Foragricultural development on the spoil banks, improved levels offarm inputs and farm practices have been assumed. The annualcropping pattern and intensities and crop yields have beenassumed to reach full development over a period of 4 years.Thereafter, the cropping intensity and crop yield and farm inputlevels have been assumed to be constant.

The achievement of optimal production is based on the followingprediction schedule:

Year one : land acquisition, construction of spoilbanks, completion of resettlementactivities.

Year two : first cropping year; achievement of 50%of predicted optimal productivity.

Year three : second cropping year; achievement of 75%of predicted optimal productivity.

7.3

Year four third cropping year; achievement ofoptimal productivity.

7.3.2 Proposed Cropping Pattern and Intensities:

Basic Consideration

The adoption of a suitable and feasible cropping pattern isessential if the full benefits of those investments made forcompensation to the farmers are to be realised. A number ofalternatives for future cropping patterns and intensities havebeen considered. Based on available resources, a diversifiedcropping plan with an annual cropping intensity of 135% has beenprojected for agricultural development on the spoil banks.

The following factors have also been given due consideration:

- Existing cropping pattern and intensities in theadjoining irrigated areas.

- Agro-climatic conditions of the area.

- Availability of agricultural labour, farm machinery andimplements.

- Optimum availability of irrigation water.

- Marketing and transportation facilities.

- Socio-economic features of the area.

- Local and regional food requirements.

-Agriculture extension and research facilities availablefor the farmers.

Soil characteristics as identified through soil studies.

The proposed cropping pattern and intensities for the land to bedeveloped on the spoil banks of the power channel are presentedin Table 7.11. This indicates that the proposed annual croppingintensity comes to 135%. The kharif (68%) - rabi (67%) ratioworks out to 1:1. The proposed cropping pattern is diversified innature and includes high value vegetable crops as is practiced inother irrigated areas of the region (Drawing 7.2).

As there is no sugar mill in the vicinity of the Project,sugarcane has not been proposed as part of the new croppingpattern on the spoil banks. Moreover, due to the expected un-suitability of the sub-soil, orchards, which require deeprooting, have not been proposed (Ref. 7.6). In this regard itshould be noted that the areas of sugarcane and orchards are

7.4

negligible in the currently irrigated areas adjoining the Projectarea.

7.3.3 Justification for Selection of Crops

The various factors affecting the choice of the proposed majorcrops to be cultivated on the spoil banks are described in thefollowing paragraphs:

Maize

- Project soils are well suited for maize production.

- Maize is already grown locally in irrigated areas (up to29%). Therefore, the farmers are familiar with thepractices of maize cultivation.

- Maize is an important cereal crop in the area and canmeet the food requirements of the farm population.

- Ecological conditions are favourable for its production.

- The crop gross margins of maize have been calculated andfound acceptable.

- Maize stalks, both green and dry, are very commonly usedfor feeding domestic animals throughout the year and drystalks can be stored for emergency use.

- Maize grains can be stored and transported to any marketof Pakistan for sale at any time of the year.

Chillies

- Agro-climatic conditions in the area are favourable fortheir production.

- The soil of the spoil banks will be well suited forchillies production.

- As a cash crop, chillies are an important income crop ofthe area.

- The gross margins of chillies have been evaluated andhave been found profitable.

- Dry chillies can be transported to any market of Pakistanfor disposal at any time of the year.

- Availability of irrigation water will not be aconstraint.

7.5

Vegetables (Lady's finger, cauliflower, etc)

Gross margins have been worked out and found acceptableand profitable.

The soil to be placed on the top of the spoil banks iswell suited to vegetable cultivation.

Agro-climatic conditions are favourable as thesevegetables are successfully grown in the adjoiningirrigated areas of the Project.

Rawalpindi, Islamabad, Attock are easily accessiblemarkets where the produce can be sold.

As facilities of transport and village roads alreadyexist in the area, the transportation of vegetables forquick sale is feasible.

Farmers like to grow vegetables because of the highreturn per hectare.

Onion/Garlic

Project soils will be well suited for production of onionand garlic.

As cash crops, onion and garlic are important farmincome crops of the area.

The gross margins of onion/garlic have been calculatedand found profitable.

The farmers are already familiar with the cultivation ofonion and garlic, as these are grown in irrigated areasof the Project region.

Onion/garlic is an important component of food for thelocal population and is also produced for farm familyconsumption.

Ecological conditions are favourable for its production.

Rawalpindi, Islamabad and Attock markets are accessiblefor the sale of green bulbs.

Dry bulbs can be transported to any market of Pakistanfor disposal at any time of the year.

Potato

Labour for making ridges, sowing and uprooting of potatois already available in the area.

7.6

This vegetable already is popular with farmers in theirrigated areas of the region.

Farm inputs like seed, fertiliser and plant protectionmaterial are available with the relevant agencies.

Potato is an important food for farm family consumptionand for the local population.

Potato can be stored for long periods and can betransported to any market of Pakistan for sale at anytime of the year.

Sufficient irrigation water will be available for potatocultivation.

Tobacco

- Project soils are favourable for production of tobacco.

- Tobacco is an important cash crop in the area.

- Agro-climatic conditions are favourable for itsproduction.

- The skill and technology of tobacco cultivation isavailable in the area. Presently it occupies about 4% ofthe total irrigated area.

- The necessary infrastructure for transportation,processing and marketing is available in the area.

-Crop water requirements for tobacco cultivation will befulfilled through tubewell development on the spoilbanks.

Computation of crop gross margins of tobacco hasindicated that the cultivation of tobacco is profitable.

Wheat

Wheat is the staple food of the local population.

Project farmers are already well acquainted with wheatcultivation as it occupies more than 50% in the presentcropping pattern of both irrigated and un-irrigatedagriculture.

The soils of the spoil banks will have the requiredpotential to achieve higher production under irrigationas the existing top layer will be placed on top of thespoil banks.

7.7

Wheat can withstand a shortage of irrigation water tosome extent.

The infrastructure for transportation and marketing isalready available for the sale of surplus produce.

7.3.4 Crop Yields on the Spoil Banks

The projected crop yields for the land developed on the spoilbanks have been based on:

- existing crop yields achieved in the irrigated areas ofAttock and Haripur Districts in which the Project areafalls;

- the yields obtained elsewhere in Punjab;

- potential crop yields reported by the AgriculturalDepartment, and

the other technical and agriculture factors affecting theestablishment of projected yields.

The factors and assumptions considered in establishing of yieldsare briefly described below:

According to the findings of the soil studies (Table6.3), the Project soils possess the production potentialfor the crops proposed for cultivation on the spoilbanks.

Dependable and adequate irrigation water supplies ofacceptable quality would be made available to meet thecrop water requirements.

Pilot projects at four different locations along thepower channel will be established as agriculturaldemonstration farms for guidance and advisory services tothe farmers.

Agro-climatic conditions are suitable for obtaining theproposed yields for the proposed crops.

The skills and technologies for production of theproposed crops are already available in the area as nonew crop has been included in the cropping pattern.

Agricultural inputs, ie seed, fertilizer and pesticides,are made available in the area by the AgricultureDepartment and dealing with such agencies is a normalpart of local work styles.

7.8

The local agricultural extension services are strongenough to guide and recommend the scientific use ofchemical fertilizer and pesticides to obtain increasedproduction.

A special programme for the modernisation of traditionalagriculture through training and visit (T&V) programmesis in operation in the area. This will be very helpfulfor the quick transfer of improved farming technology tothe farmers.

The majority of farms are 5 ha or less in the Projectarea, and are classed as small farms. Therefore, thefarmers can be provided with cheap loans to purchaseinputs and farm equipment.

The programme to construct additional link roads in thearea will improve transportation and marketing facilitiesfor quick disposal of the farm products and therebyresult in better prices for agricultural produce. Thiswill encourage the farmers to increase their crop yields.

Crop yields projected for agricultural development on the spoilbanks are given in Table 7.12. The table indicates that theprojected yields are almost equal to the existing level ofirrigated yields in the vicinity of the Project, except for someminor difference in some crops. Therefore, these yields arerealistic and can be achieved in the field. Due to theprogressive implementation policies of WAPDA, the proposedoptimum yield will be achieved in a period of 4 years after theland is levelled and handed over to farmers (Ref. 7.7).

7.3.5 Agriculture Production

The agriculture production estimated for the spoil banks is givenin Table 7.13. The crop production brought about by thereclamation of spoil banks has been estimated at 649 tonnes formaize, 42 tonnes for sorghum, 46 tonnes for chillies, 2,597tonnes for vegetables, 209 tonnes for onion, 418 tonnes forpotato, 121 tonnes for tobacco and 1,943 tonnes for wheat.

7.3.6 Incremental Production

The incremental crop production has been worked out by sub-tracting the present crop production from the projected cropproduction of irrigated agriculture on spoil banks and ispresented in Table 7.14. The table indicates that, with thedevelopment of the spoil banks, the incremental production hasbeen estimated as 772 tonnes of cereal, 2,670 tonnes ofvegetables, 231 tonnes of condiments (chillies and onion) and3,674 tonnes of fodder.

7.9

7.3.7 Farm Inputs

Basis

The estimate of farm inputs, ie seed, fertilizer, plantprotection materials and labour requirements, necessary toachieve the projected yields have been made according to therecommendations of Agriculture Department of Punjab. Inaddition, the views of the Agriculture Extension Specialists havealso been obtained through discussions and interviews in order tosupplement the published data. The estimated quantities fullycorrespond with the proposed crop yields for the spoil bankareas.

Seed and Planting Material

Improved seed, free of infestation, is necessary to obtainoptimum production. The use of recommended seed rates is alsovery important to achieve the desired plant population in thefield. To ensure good quality of seed and optimum seed rate, theagriculture staff should be consulted by the farmers to obtainimproved and certified seed. In addition, agriculture extensionstaff should provide guidance and advisory services for propersowinq and spraying. The seed multiplication of imported andapproved seed, especially of vegetables, should be done at thepilot farms to be established by the Resettlement Authoritiesunder the guidance and supervision of Agriculture Specialists.

The data regarding the seed rates approved and recommended bythe Agriculture Department are presented in Table 7.15. The tableindicates that the seed rate for maize is higher than thatrecomiaended by the Agriculture Department (30 kg/ha). Thisenhanced seed rate has been adopted keeping in view theprevailing practice of continuously cutting out the selectedplants from the maize fields for feeding livestock until adesired plant population is achieved. The total project seedrequirements have been worked out and are given in the same table(Ref. 7.8).

Fertilizer

Fertilizer is the most effective input to increase crop yields.Its supply and application at the right time and with an optimumcombination of different nutrients is essential to obtain targetproduction. An estimate of the future requirements for areacoverage and quantity of nutrient to be applied per hectare isalso a pre-requisite to attain optimal production. In addition,calculating the desired ratio of the three major nutrients,namely nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, for proper applicationis necessary to derive full benefits and to provide guidelinesfor institutions supplying agricultural inputs. The nutrients forfertilizer applied per hectare have been established accordingboth to the extent of fertilizer response in increasing the cropyields and to the incentives assumed to be provided to the

7.10

farmers. The projected amount of nutrients to be applied perhectare has been set out in Table 7.16. The future totalrequirements for the whole of the area of the spoil banks isworked out and is given in the same table (Ref. 7.9).

Plant Protection

Plant protection measures are essential to save crops from damageby insects and pests, particularly those crops which are easilysusceptible, like vegetables. As the proposed cropping patternconstitutes a substantial area under vegetables, provision ofadequate and timely spraying is necessary to achieve targetproduction. With the increased use of fertilizers and provisionof optimum irrigation supplies, the crops are likely to becomesucculent and more susceptible to insects and pests. Thepopulation of insects and pests would increase considerably dueto a favourable environment for their multiplication. Agronomicpractices like crop rotations, adjustment of sowing time, use ofhealthy seed and pest resistant varieties can go a long way inminimizing the crop losses from insects, pests and diseases.However, the application of pesticides to control insects and,pests is the most effective remedial measure. As such, thepercentage of cropped area to be covered with plant protectionmeasures and area treated during each development year have beenestimated and are given in Table 7.17.

Labour & Tillage Requirements

The number of ploughings and plankings for preparatory tillageand seed bed preparation of various crops are given inTable 7.18. These are based on discussions with the officials ofthe Agriculture Department.

The labour requirements in terms of man-days of hired and familylabour are also indicated in the same table. These are also basedon discussions held with the officials of the AgricultureDepartment and past experience on similar projects in the Punjaband NWFP.

As irrigated agriculture requires substantially more labour thanbarani, the implementation of the Project eventually will provideadditional employment opportunities to farm labourers and tenantson land to be acquired for the Project.

7.4 FARM BUDGETS

7.4.1 General

Farm budgets for a representative farm size of 3.44 ha have beenprepared, both for the existing situation, ie barani farming, andfor the proposed spoil banks, ie irrigated agriculture. Theobjective is to assess the ratio of the farm returns to beexpected with the two types of farming.

7.11

7.4.2 Methodology

To assess the farm income under barani and irrigated farming,crop budgets have been prepared for various crops. The cropsinclude those presently being cultivated as well as those whichcould be profitably grown under irrigated agriculture. The cropbudgets are presented in Tables 7.19 and 7.20 for barani andirrigated spoil banks, respectively.

Based on the crop budgets, farm budgets have been prepared on thebasis of cropping intensities and crop yields discussed earlier.In the farm budgets, farm net return has been computed for thefarm as a whole as well as per hectare.

7.4.3 Farm Budgets

Farm budgets for each of the two scenarios have been prepared onthe basis of market prices adjusted to the farmgate. The budgetsthus prepared are detailed in Table 7.21.

The results in Table 7.21 show that the net farm return perhectare in respect of barani farm is about Rs 3,440, while thatof spoil banks (irrigated agriculture) is about Rs. 13,460. Theratio of farm return per hectare between the barani and irrigatedfarm works out as 1:3.91. This leads to the conclusion that afarmer who is provided with half the area of irrigated land thathe presently owns as barani land can be expected to see asubstantial increase in income.

7.5 CONCLUSIONS

The agricultural productivity of the present areas of irrigatedand barani land required for the Project can be compared with thepredicted productivity of the irrigated land on the spoil banksas follows:

7.12

PRESENT AGRICULTURE FUTURE PRODUCTIVITYRATIO

PRES/FUTURE

IRRIGATED BARANI IRRIGATED

LAND AREA (ha) 196 2,287 1,640 0.66

PRODUCTION (tonnes):

Cereals 118 1,471 2,593 1.63

Sorghum 6 107 42 0.37

Vegetables 345 - 3,014 8.73

Oilseed, g'nut 8 196 73 0.36

Condiments 23 - 255 11.2

Fodders 551 4,243 7.7

Tobacco 13 - 121 9.3

TOTAL 1,064 1,774 10,341 3.6

The principal conclusion that can be drawn is that the overallproductivity of the irrigated spoil banks can be expected toexceed, by a factor greater than 3, the present productivity ofthe irrigated and barani land required for the Project. In termsof value, and thus overall farm income, a typical farmerpresently working on barani land can be expected to nearly doublehis present income.

REFERENCES

7.1 Pakistan Hydro Consultants; Ghazi-Gariala HydropowerProject, Feasibility Report, Volume 7, EnvironmentalAssessment, Aug. 1991.

7.2 Agricultural Statistics of Punjab; 1989-90 to 1991-92.

7.3 Agricultural Statistics of NWFP; 1989-90 to 1992-93.

7.4 Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics,Government of the Punjab, 1992.

7.5 Punjab Agricultural Statistics, 1980-81 to 1989-90.

7.6 FAO; Guidelines for Predicting Crop Water Requirements,Irrigation and Drainage Paper No. 24, 1977.

7.13

7.7 FAO; Yield Response to Water, Irrigation and DrainagePaper No. 33, 1979.

7.8 Khoso A.W; Crops in Sindh, 1981.

7.9 Recommendation by Agriculture Department (pamphlet).

7.14

TABLE 7.1

EXISTING BARANI CROPPING PATTERNAND INTENSITIES

(Cultivated Area = 2287 ha)

CROPS AREA INTENSITY

KHARIFMAIZE 46 2.00SORGHUM 251 10.99GROUNDNUT 182 7.95PULSES 11 0.47

KHARIF TOTAL 490 21.41

RABIWHEAT 1,182 51.66OILSEEDS 50 2.18GRAM 43 1.87

RABI TOTAL 1,274 55.71

ANNUAL TOTAL 1,764 77.13

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS, 1989-90 to 1991-92.

7. 15

TABIE 7-2

EXISTING BARANI CROP YIELDSCultivated Area -2287 ha

Kg / ha

1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 WeightedCROPS Average

KHARIFMAIZE 865 894 872 876SORGHUM 439 425 416 426GROUNDNUT 876 922 922 907PULSES(Mung) 184 183 183 183

RABIWHEAT 1,158 1,286 1,294 1,245OILSEEDS(Rapeseed) 643 689 548 627GRAM 186 196 98 159

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTFICS, 1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7.16

TABLE 7.3

EXISTING BARANI CROPPED AREA, YIELDS ANDPRODUCTON IN PROJECT AREA

Cultivatcd Arca = 2287 ha

CROPS AREA YIELI) PRODUCTION(ha) (Kg/ha) (Tonncs)

KIIARIFMAIZE 46 876 40.10SORGIIUM 251 427 107.19GROUNDNUT 182 907 164.90PULSES(Mung) 11 183 2.02

KH-IARIF TOTAL 490

RABIWIIEIAT 1.182 1245 1,470.91OILSEED(Rapeseed) 50 627 31.31GRAM 43 159 6.77

RABI TOTAL 1.274

ANNUAL TOTAL 1764

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STArIS'I'ICS. 1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7 . 17

TAB131J 7.4

EXISTING B3ARANI LEVEL OF FARM INPUTS

Cultivated Arca = 2287 ba

SEfED RATl'E 'FRT'ILIZER N U M BE I' R O l PLANT I'ROTECTI(N MEASURIS

CROPS Nutricnts

Kg/ha Kg/ha I>LOUCIIING I'LANKING (96 Arca Sprayed) (No of Sprays)

N--P--K

MAIZE 30 18-- 9--o 2 1

SORGIHUM 50 I0-- 0--C 2 1

GROUNDNUT 75 10--15--0 2 l

PULSES(Mung) 20 0-- 0--0 2 1

WIIEAT 110 33--16--0 2 l

OILSEEDS 5 6--11--0 1 0

GRAM 35 0-- 0--0 I 0

SOURCE: Disctssiosis wvitI the local Agricultural Officers and farmers.

7.18

TABLE 7.5

EXISTING BARANI LEVEL OF MANUAL LABOURREQUIREMENTS

Cultivated Area 2287 ha

CROPS Mandays/ha Hlired Ilhrcshing Charges Other Charges

% % of Yicld

MAIZE 15 0

SORGI-IUM 8 0

GROUNDNUT 27 70 2.5*

PULSES(Mung) 8 0

WI-IEAT 16 30 10

OILSEEDS 8 0

GIRAM 8 0

* Tractor hours for uprooting

SOURCE: Discussions with the Local Agricultural Officers and farmers.

7. 19

TABLE 7.6

EXISTING IRRIGATED CROPPING PATTERN ANDINTENSITIES OF THE PROJECT AREA

Cultivated Arca = 196 ha

CROPS Intensity Arca% lha

KIJARIFMAIZE 30.43 60SORGhI-UM 4.70 9GROUNDNUr 1.40 3CHILLIES 1.30 3KIJARIF VEr-E Cr..(Lady's finger) 7.97 16FOIDDER (Jawar) 22.32 44

KIIARIFTOTAL 68.12 134

RAil~~~~~~

Wl-ILAT 49.94 98OILSEEDS 1.36 3GARLIC 1.58 3POTATOES 2.91 6ItABI VEGETABLES 4.13 8RABI FODDER 2.77 5T-OBACCO 3.66 7

IRABI TOTAL 66.36 130

ANNUAL TOTAL 134.48 264

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS. 1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7.20

TABLE 7.6.A

EXISTING IRRIGATED CROP YIELDSCultivated Arca = 196 ha

Kg / ha

CROPS 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 Wcightcd Adopted- Avcrage

KIIARIFMAIZE 1.237 1,384 1.324 1.314 1.320SORGI-IUM 625 667 600 640 640GROUNDNUT 1.569 1.571 1,567 1.569 1.570PULSES(Mung) 400 400 1.000 455CHILLIES 1.385 1,386 1.384 1.385 1.390KIIARIF VEGE.(Lady's finger) 7,542 8.262 8.262 8.149 8,1.50FODDER (Jawar) 10.619 11,061 10.543 10.748 10.700

RABIWHEAT 2.183 2,401 2,473 2.363 2.370OILSEEDS 1.000 1.000 2.000 1,333 1.330GARLIC 6.588 6.269 6.455 6.370 6.370POTATOES 7.938 7,978 9.415 8,494 8.500RABI VEGE.(Cauliflower) 19.209 19,209 19.200 19.206 19.200RABI FODDER(Lucern) 16.000 12.000 16.000 14.857 14.900TOBACCO 1.844 1,844 1.846 1.845 1.850

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS. 1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7.21

TABLE 7.7

EXISTING IRRIGATED CROPPED AREA,YIELDS ANDPRODUCTION IN THE PROJECT AREA.

Cultivatcd Area - 196

CiROPs CROP'PED) AREA YIEl-)13S PRODUCTION(ha) (Kg/ha) (tonncs)

KI AltIFMAIZE 60 1,314 78.35SORGIIUM 9 640 5.90GROUNDNUT 3 1,569 4.30CHILLIES 3 1,385 3.53KIIARIFVEGE.(L.ady's fingcr) 16 8,149 127.29Kl-LARIF FODDER(Jawir) 44 10,748 470.27

KHAIUAl TOTAL 134

ltABIWI IEAT 98 2,363 231.32OILSEEDS 3 1,333 3.55GARLIC 3 6,370 19.76l'OTAT OES 6 8,494 48.49RABI VEGE.(Cauliflower) 8 19,206 155.47RABI FODDER(Lucern) 5 14,857 80.55TOBACCO 7 1,845 13.25

RABI TOTAL 130

ANNUAL TOTAL 264.

SOURCE: IPUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS,1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7.22

TAIII.I3 7.8

EXISTrING IRRIGATED LEVEL OF FARM INPU'T'SCultivated Arca = 196 la

_SEBD RATE PB3RTXI17z1R N U M B B R OP PLANT PRCYllICrION MllASUJRIIS

CROPS Nutrients

Kg/ha Kg/ha PI.OIUGIIING PLANKING (% Arca Sprayed) (No of Sprays)

N p K

MAIZE 30 55 28 28 2 1 0 0

SORGIItIM 25 10 7 0 1 I 0 0

GROtlNDNtT 75 50 1()( 0 4 2 0 0

CillIES 0.5 115 58 50 6 3 100 4

Kl ARIF VEGE.(Iy s Finger) 25 115 5t S 50 6 3 too 5

Ki IARIIP ODDERS(Jawar) 60 25 0 0 2 I 0 0

%%1IEAT 100 80 40 0 4 2 50 1

OILSEEDS 7.5 45 45 0 2 1 50 1

ONION 12.5 113 88 60 6 2 100 4

RABIVEGE.(Cauliflower) 1.25 115 57 63 6 3 100 6

I'OTATOES 1,5(tt 85 60 40 4 2 100 2

RABI FODDER(Lucem) 20 20 50 0 4 2 0 0

TOBACCO 0.04 75 75 63 6 3 100 4

SOURCE: Discussious with the ocal Ag*ciuhural Officers and famiers in the Projec Area.

7.23

TABLE 7.9

EXISTING LEVEL OF MANUAL LABOURREQUIREMENTS FOR

IRRIGATED AREASCultivated Area = 196 ha

CROPS Man-days / ha Ihired Thrcshing Charges Other Charges% % of Yield

MAIZE 25 20 10SORGIIUM 15 20GROUNDNUT 43 20 5CIIILLIES 115 70KI IARIF VEGE.(Lady's Finger) 105 70KH-lARIF FODDERS(Jawar) 15 0WHEAT 30 30 10OILSEEDS 20 0ONION 75 80 3*RABI VEGE.(Cauliflower) 70 80POTATOES 60 90 3*RABI FODDER(Lucern) 20 0TOBACCO 85 80

* T ractor hours for uprootingSOURCE: Discussions with the local Agricultural Officers and farmers

7.24

TABLE 7.10

EXISTING CROP PRODUCTION

IRRIGATED BARANI

CROPS TOTAL PRODUCTIONAREA PRODUCllON AREA PRODUCTION

ha tonncs ha tonnas (TONNES)

KIHAR.IFMAIZE 60 7835 46 40.10 118.45SORGHUM 9 5.83 251 107.19 113.01GROUNDNUT 3 4.30 182 164.90 169.20CHILLIES 3 3.53 0 0.00 3 53KHARIFVEGE.(Lady's ringer) 16 140.55 0 0.00 140.55FODDERS 44 470.27 0 0.00 470.27PULSES 0 0.00 11 2.02 2.02

KHARIF TOTAL 134 490

RABIWIIEAT 98 231.32 1.181.54 1.470.91 1.702.23OILSEEDS 3 3.55 50 31.31 34.86ONION&GARLIC 3 19.76 0 0.00 19.76POTATOES 6 48.49 0 0.00 48.49RABI VEGETABLES 8 155.47 0 0.00 155.47RABI FODDER S 80.55 0 0.00 80.55TOBACCO 7 13.25 0 0.00 13.25GRAM 0 0.00 43 6.77 6.77

RABI TOTAL 130 1274

ANNUALTOTAL 264 1764

7.25

TABLE 7.11

PROPOSED CROPPING PATTERN,INTENSITIES & CROPPED AREA

"WITH" PROJECT (FOR SPOIL BANKS)(IRRIGATED)

Cultivated Area = 1640 ha

CROPS INTENSITY CROPPED AREA(%) (ha)

KHARIF

Maize 30.0 492Sorghum 4.0 66Groundnut 2.0 33Chillies 2.0 33Vegetables 10.0 164Fodders 20.0 328

Sub-Total 68.0 1115

RABI

Wheat 50.0 820Oilseeds 1.0 16Onion 2.0 33Potatoes 3.0 49Vegetables 4.0 66Fodders 3.0 49Tobacco 4.0 66

Sub-Total 67.0 1099

ANNUAL 135.0 2214

7_ 2 6

TABLE 7.12

EXISTING CROP YIELDS AND ADOPTED YIELDS(IRRIGATED & SPOIL BANKS)

Cultivatcd Area = 196 haKg/ ha

CROPS 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 Weighted AdoptedAverage

KIIARIFMAIZE 1.237 1.384 1,324 1,314 1.320SORGHUM 625 667 600 640 640GROUNDNUT 1,569 1.571 1.567 1.569 1.570PULSES(Mung) 400 400 1,000 455CHILLIES 1.385 1.386 1,384 1.385 1.390KHIARIF VEGE.(Lady's finger) 7.542 8,262 8.262 8.149 8.150FODDER (Jawar) 10.619 11,061 10.543 10,748 10.700

RABIWHEAT 2,183 2.401 2.473 2.363 2.370OILSEEDS 1,000 1,000 2.000 1.333 1.330GARLIC 6.588 6.269 6.455 6.370 6.370POTATOES 7.938 7.978 9,415 8,494 8.500RABI VEGE.(Cauliflower) 19.209 19.209 19.200 19.206 19.200RIABI FODDER(Lucern) 16.000 12,000 16.000 14.857 14,900TOBACCO 1,844 1,844 1,846 1,845 1.850

SOURCE: PUNJAB AGRICULTURAL STATISTICS, 1989-90 TO 1991-92.

7.27

TABLE 7.13

PROJECTED CROP PRODUCTION "WITH" PROJECT(FOR SPOIL BANKS)Cultivated Area = 1640 ha

Area Yields ProductionCROPS (ha) (Kg/ha) (Tonnes)

Maize 492 1,320 649Sorghum 66 640 42Groundnut 33 1,570 51Chillies 33 1,390 46Kharif Vegetables 164 8,150 1,337Kharif Fodders 328 10,700 3,510Wheat 820 2,370 1,943Oilseeds 16 1,330 22Onion 33 6,370 209Potatoes 49 8,500 418Rabi Vegetables 66 19,200 1,260Rabi Fodders 49 14,900 733Tobacco 66 1,850 121

7.28

TABLE 7.14

INCREMENTAL CROP PRODUCTION"WITH PROJECT (FOR SPOIL BANKS)

Cultivated Area = 1640 ha(Tonnes)

CROPS EXISTING FUTURE INCREMENTAL

Maize 118 649 531Sorghum 113 42 0Groundnut 169 51 0Chillies 4 46 42Kharif Vegetables 141 1,337 1,196Kharif Fodders 470 3,510 3,039Wheat 1,702 1,943 241Oilseeds 35 22 0Onion 20 209 189Potatoes 48 418 370Rabi Vegetables 155 1,260 1,104Rabi Fodders 81 733 653Tobacco 13 121 108

SUMMARYCereals 1821 2593 772Vegtables 345 3014 2670Condiments 23 255 231Fodders 551 4243 3692Tobacco 13 121 108

7.29

TABLE 7.15

PROJECTED SEED REQUIREMENTS "WITH" PROJECTCultivated Area 1640 ha

CROPS CROPPED AREA SEED RATE TOTALha Kgtha (Kilogrammes)

Maize 492 50.0 24,600.00Sorghum 66 25.0 1,640.00Groundnut 33 75.0 2,460.00Ouihies 33 0.5 16.40Kllarif Vcgetablcs 164 25.0 4,100.00Kharif Fodders 328 60.0 19,680.00Wheat 820 100.0 82,000.00Oilseeds 16 7.5 123.00Oniion 33 12.5 410.00Potatoes 49 1,500.0 73,800.00Rabi Vcgetab les 66 1.3 82.0Rabi Fodders 49 20.0 984.00Tobacco 66 0.04 2.64

SOURCE: Recoinnicidatiojis of thc Departmneit of Agriculturc and discussions

7. 30

TABLE 7.16

PROJECTED FERTILIZER REQUIREMENTS HWITH" PROJECTCultivated Area = 1640 ha

CROPS Cropped Arca Nutricnts (Kg/h) Total Nutricnts (Tonnes)(ha)IL

N P K N P K

Maize 492 50 25 0 24.60 12.30 0.00Sorghunm 66 10 7 0 0.66 0.46 0.00Groundnut 33 50 100 0 1.64 3.28 0.00Chillies 33 115 58 50 3.77 1.90 0.00Klarif Vegetables 164 115 58 50 18.86 9.51 0.00KCharif Fodders 328 25 0 0 8.20 0.00 0.00Wheat 820 80 40 0 65.60 32.80 0.00Oilseeds 16 45 45 0 0.74 0.74 0.00Onion 33 113 88 60 3.71 2.89 0.(J0Potatoes 49 85 60 40 4.18 2.95 0.00Rabi Vegetables 66 115 57 63 7.54 3.74 0.0Rabi Fodders 49 20 50 0 0.98 2.46 0.00Tobacco 66 75 75 63 4.92 4.92 0.00

SOURCE: Recommendations of the Departimient of Agriculture and discussions

7.31

TABLE 7.17

PLANT PROTECTION MEASURES "WITI-I" PROJECTCultivated Arca = 1640 ha

CROPS Cropped Arca Percent Arca Sprayed No. of SpraysArea Sprayed

(ha) (ha)

Maize 492 0 0 0Sorghum 66 0 0 0Groundiiut 33 0 0 0Chillies 33 100 32.8 4Kharif Vegetables 164 100 164 5Kharif Fodders 328 0 0 0Wheat 820 50 410 1Oilseeds 16 50 8.2 1Olnioni 33 100 32.8 4Potatoes 49 100 49.2 2Rabi Vegetables 66 100 65.6 6Rabi Fodders 49 0 0 0Tobacco 66 100 65.6 4

SOURCE: Recommendations of the Department of Agriculture and Dicussions

7 .32

TABLE 7.18

TRACTION & MANUAL LABOUR PER HECTAREREQUIRED "WITH" PROJECT

Cultivated Area = 1640 ha

CROPS Number of Man days Hired/ha %

Ploughings Plankings

Maize 2 1 25 20Sorghum 2 1 15 20Groundnut 4 2 43 20Chillies 6 3 115 70Kharif Vegetables 6 3 105 70Kharif Fodders 2 1 15 0Wheat 4 2 30 30Oilseeds 2 1 20 0Onion 6 3 75 80Potatoes 4 2 60 90Rabi Vegetables 6 3 70 80Rabi Fodders 4 2 20 0Tobacco 6 3 85 80

SOURCE: Recommendations of the Department of Agriculture and discussions

7.33

TABLE 7.19

BARANI AREASPERI IlECFARE GROSS MAIIGIN (FINANCIAL PRIICES)

DESCRIPTION/CROPS WHIATI, GRAM PULSES SORGIIUM GROUND MAIZE OILSEEDSNUT

RETURNS

Yield (kg) 1.245 159 183 426 907 876 627Price/kg (Rs.) 4.48 12.70 14.00 5.58 11.98 3.78 12.10GROSS REVENUES 5.576 2.019 2.563 2.377 10.865 3.310 7.588

COST1SPloughings 2.5 1.0 2.5 2.5 3.5 2.5 1.0Unit cost (Rs.) 180.0 180.0 180.0 180D 180.0 180.0 180.0Total (Rs.) 450.0 180D 450.0 450D 630.0 450.0 180.0

Seed Rate (kg) 100 30 20 30 100 30 5Price/unit (Rs./kg) 5.15 14.60 16.10 6.42 14.37 4,53 13.92Total (Rs.) 515.1 438.0 322.1 192.5 1437.5 136.0 69.6

Fertilizer N Nut (kg) 20 0 0 10 10 10 6Unit rate (RsJkg) 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02Total (Rs.) 180A 0 0 90.2 90.2 90.2 54.1

Fertilizer P Nut (kg) 10 0 0 0 5 5 5Unit rate (Rs.Ikg) 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.98Total (Rs.) 79.8 0 0 0 39.9 39.9 39.9

Sprays (No.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Area sprayed (%) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Unit rate (Rs.) 53125 53125 53125 531.25 53125 53125 531.25Total (Rs.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Hired Labour-days 8 8 8 8 8 8 8Unit rate (Rs.) 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0Total (Rs.) 520.0 520.0 520.0 520.0 520.0 520.0 520.0

Fanily Labour-days 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Unit rate (Rs.) 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0Total (Rs.) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Water Rate (Rs.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

SUB-TOTAL 1.745 1,138 1.292 1.253 2.718 1.236 864Contingencies @5% 87 57 65 63 136 62 43TOTAL COSTS (Rs.) 1.833 1.195 1,357 1.315 2,853 1.298 907

Value ofwheat straw 266 15 0 0 299 0 57

NET VALUE OF PRODUCTION 4.010 838 1.206 1.061 8.311 2.012 6.739

7.34

TABLE 7.20

PER BECTARE GROSS MARGIN (FINANCIAL PRICES)SPOIL BANKS

DESCRPTIONCICOPS WIHAT RP-ODDER OUSEEDS ONION POTATO CAUW- TCtBACO SORCHUM GROUND MAIZE CIflIJES LADY- XLIDDERPLOWER NUT FINGER

RETURNS

Yield (Kg) 2.370 14.900 1.330 6.370 8S500 19,200 1.850 640 1.570 1,320 1.390 8,150 10.700Price/kg (Rs) 4.48 0.73 12.10 5.68 3.58 2.38 34.98 5,S 11.98 3.78 39.95 5.08 0.98Giom Rvea.ea 10.615 10.863 16.096 36,176 30.422 45.678 64.711 3.571 1tS807 4.988 55.525 41.394 10.476

COSTSPloughinss 5.0 5.0 2.5 7.5 5.0 7.5 7.5 2.5 5.0 2.5 7.5 7.5 2.5Unit cost (Rs) 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 130.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0Total (Rs.) 900.0 900.0 450.0 1.350.0 900.0 13.50.0 1.350.0 450.0 900.0 450.0 1.350.0 1,350.0 450.0

Seed Rate (kg) 100 20 8 13 1500 1.25 0 25 100 30 0.50 25 60Unit tate (Rs.) 5.15 25.00 13.92 200.00 4.47 100.00 500.00 6.42 14.37 4.53 50.00 15.00 4.53Total (Rs.) 515.1 500.0 104.4 2,500.0 6.710.7 125.0 20.0 160.4 1,437.5 136.0 25.0 375.0 272.1

FeutiDzerNNut (kg) 80 20 45 113 85 115 75 10 50 50 115 115 25Unit Ynle (Rs.) 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02 9.02Total (Rs.) 721.7 180.4 406.0 1.019.5 766.8 1.037.5 676.6 90.2 451.1 451.1 1,037.5 1.037.5 225.5

UlT FertiCizer P Nut (kgs) 40 50 45 148 100 120 138 7 100 25 108 108 0Unit rate (Rs.) 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.44 7.44 7.44 7.44 7.98 7.98 7.98 7.44 7.44 7.98Total (Rs.) 319.1 398.9 359.0 1,101.0 743.9 892.7 1,026.6 55.8 797.8 199.5 8034 803.4 0.0

Sprays (No.) 1 0 1 4 2 6 4 0 0 0 4 5 0Area sprayed (%) 50 0 50 100 100 100 100 0 0 0 100 100 0Uiiit ratce (Rs.) 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25 531.25Total (Rs.) 265.6 0.0 265.6 2.125.0 1,062.5 3,187.5 2.125.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2,125.0 2,656.3 0.0

Hired Labour-days 30 20 20 75 60 70 85 15 43 25 115 105 15Utnit rate (Rs) 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0Total (Rs.) 1,95D.0 1.300.0 1,300.0 4,875.0 3,900.0 4,550.0 5.525.0 975.0 2,795.0 1,625.0 7,475.0 6.825.0 975.0

FamilyLabour-days 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0Unit rate (Rs) 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0 65.0Total (Rs.) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Cost o(Watef (Rs.) 682.0 1.013.1 484.3 682.0 1.418.4 682.0 1,418.4 583.2 583.2 775.9 1,418.4 1,418.4 1,013.1

SUB-TOTAL (Rs.) 5,354 4.292 3.369 13,652 15.502 11.825 12.142 2.315 6.965 3.637 14.234 14,466 2.936Cost tituXes @5% 268 215 168 683 775 591 607 116 348 182 712 723 147TOTALCOSTS (Rs.) 5.621 4.507 3.538 14,335 16,277 12.416 12.749 2,430 7,313 3.819 14,946 15.1 9 3.083

Valueotwheatstraw 507 0 293 0 0 0 0 480 393 495 0 0 0

NETVALUEOPPRODUCrION 5.501 6.356 12,851 21.841 14.145 33.262 51.963 1.620 11.887 1.664 40.579 26.206 7,393

TABLE 7.21

FARM BUDGETS AT FINANCIAL PRICES(3.44 ha FARM)

(Rupees)

DESCRIPTION EXIST'ING PROPOSEI)(BARANI) (SPOIL BANKS)

INFLOWS

GROSS VALUE OF PRODUCTION

Wheat 12,060 19,131R. Fodder 0 1,121Oilseed 569 564Onoion 0 2,489Potato 0 3,140Cauliflower 0 6,285Tobacco 0 8,904Surghum 899 557Groundnut 2,971 1,321Maize 228 5,659Chillies 0 3,820Lady Finger 0 14,240Kharif Fodder 0 7,207Gram 131 0Pulses 41 0

TOTAL 16,898 74,438

OUTFLOWS

INPUT'S

Ploughing 1,335 3,669Seed 1,577 2,405Fertilizer N 441 2,752Fertilizer P 181 1,619Sprays 0 2,513Watcr Charges 0 3,980

Sub-Total Inputs 3,534 16,937Labour 1,529 11,193

TOTAL OPERATING 5,063 28,131

NET FARM RETURN /FARM 11,835 46,307NETr FAIRM RETURN / IIECl'ARE 3,441 13,461

RATIO OF RETURNS: IRRIGATED/13ARANI 3.91

7 .36

CHAPTER 8

TRANSMISSION LINES

CHAPTER 8

TRANSMISSION LINES

8.1 INTRODUCTION

8.1.1 Project Background

The Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project is briefly described inChapter 1 of this Supplementary Report, which also reviews thehistory of environmental studies for the Project. At the time ofthe original EA (1990) and the first Supplementary EnvironmentalStudies (1991), the planning of the transmission lines for theProject was not sufficiently advanced to permit an environmentalassessment. This fact was noted by the World Bank'sEnvironmental/Resettlement Review Panel in the Bank's AideMemoire of June/July, 1993. That Aide Memoire established theguidelines for the transmission line EA and noted the Bank'spreference for avoiding "the construction of high voltageelectrical lines over settlements or individual houses."

8.1.2 Regulatory Background

The laws, regulations and guidelines governing the design,construction, and operation of the transmission lines for theProject and its environmental assessment are discussed in detailin Section 8.2 below.

Laws of Pakistan

The authority of WAPDA to construct and operate electricaltransmission lines was established in 1958 under the WestPakistan Water and Power Development Act, which assigns to WAPDAthe powers and obligations of a licensee under the ElectricityAct of 1910. These laws establish policy on land acquisition andcompensation, as well as the degree of liability of WAPDA fordamages sustained by landowners or others.

The World Bank

Briefly, the World Bank allows each country to establish its ownstandards for the design of transmission lines on Bank fundedprojects, provided those are consistent with internationalengineering and safety practices. The Bank has issued guidelinesfor the performance of environIiental assessments, in the form ofOperational Directive 4.01, which supplements, rather thanreplacing, any national or local requirements. The Bank alsoprovides technical guideline to EA preparers in its"Environmental Assessment Sourcebook" (Ref. 8.1), Volume III ofwhich contains a brief section on transmission lines.

8 .1

Public Health and Safety

There have been a number of important recent studies of thepotential health effects of electromagnetic fields (EMF), withoutproviding a consensus as to the existence or degree of effects(Ref. 8.2). WAPDA's transmission engineers are studyingavailable reports with an eye to developing national policy atsuch time as conclusive evidence is available to guide the designstandards.

At present, WAPDA applies the standards contained in the NationalElectrical Safety Code (ANSCI C2), applied in the United States.This establishes minimum clearance distances between the lowestpoints of transmission conductors and the ground, structures, andvegetation.

For lateral clearances, WAPDA employs a minimum distance of 25 mfrom the centreline of the r.o.w. to inhabited structures andslightly less to uninhabited structures, except that no structuremay be within 25 m of the centre of a tower. Where necessary forpassing through dense urban areas, these distances are diminishedslightly. This does not apply to the lines for this Project,none of which will pass through densely populated areas.

WAPDA Transmission Line Organisation

WAPDA maintains a substantial division for Transmission andGrids, under a Managing Director who reports directly to WAPDA'sMember (Power). Among the numerous subdivisions of Transmissionand Grids is one called Grid Systems Operations, responsible formaintaining the condition of the lines and the corridors underthem.

8.1.3 Approach to the Study

This environmental assessment was conducted in the Lahore officesof Pakistan Hydro Consultants and in the field during March andApril, 1994. The assessment consisted of the followingactivities:

A review of earlier Project reports, maps, memoranda, andother documents pertaining to the transmission lines.

Detailed examination of the 1991 aerial photographs (at ascale of 1:10,000) to locate existing and proposed routesand identify points of special interest.

A four-day field reconnaissance by a PHC ecologist andtwo PHC social scientists, accompanied by WAPDAtransmission line planners. A separate survey wasperformed by a PHC senior environmental scientist inMarch 1994.

8.2

Meetings with villagers living near the Tarbela-Gattitransmission line, to learn of their experiences with theconstruction of the line and any possible effects thatthey may have experienced living near the line.

Meetings with archaeologists at the Taxila Museum and theLahore Museum, supplemented by a literature review in thelibrary of the Lahore Museum. These meetings resulted ina programme for an archaeological survey of the three newtransmission line corridors.

Meetings with electrical engineers of WAPDA and NESPAK tolearn about prevailing transmission line planning,construction and maintenance policy and methods inPakistan.

Acquisition and review of original copies of lawspertaining to WAPDA and to transmission lines inPakistan.

8.2 LEGAL, REGULATORY AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

8.2.1 Legal Framework in Pakistan

By virtue of The West Pakistan Water and Power DevelopmentAuthority Act, 1958 (West Pakistan Act XXXI of 1958), WAPDA hasbroad legal authority over "the generation, transmission anddistribution of power, and the construction, maintenance andoperation of power houses and grids" [Section 8(2)(ii)]. Thisincludes the authority to "frame schemes" for the production andsupply of electrical energy, maintain control of such facilities,and "prescribe standards... for the maintenance of power housesand grids" [WAPDA Act, Sections 8(2)(ii), 11(l)(i)(b) and(ii) (b) ].

Act XXXI of 1958 also assigns to WAPDA all the powers andobligations of a licensee under the Electricity Act, 1910. A"licensee" under this Act means any person licensed to supplyenergy under the Act. This Act obligates licensees to paycompensation for any damages caused during the construction andmaintenance of any power distribution facilities [ElectricityAct, 1910, Section 13(l)(d), Section 18(4) and Section 19].

The authority to erect transmission lines goes back to TheTelegraph Act (XIII of 1885). This authority was extended toWAPDA by the Government of Pakistan Notification No. S.O.II(E)2/5-60, dated June 2, 1961, which has been upheld by thecourts. As amended by the Telegraph (Amendment) Act, LXVIII of1975, Section 10 of the Telegraph Act provides as follows:

",o. Power for telegraph authority to place and maintaintelegraph lines and posts: The telegraph authority mayplace, set up, repair, alter and maintain or cause to be

8.3

placed, set up, repaired, altered and maintaineda telegraph line, post or works under, over, along,across or through any land, seashore, road, stream, wateror any immovable property, may break, excavate and removesoil to the extent and depth required for placing orremoving telegraph line, post or works, and, for thepurpose of constructing or maintaining a telegraph lineor post, may dig earth, stone and gravel and fell trees:

Provided that

(a) ................

(b) the Federal Government shall not acquire anyright other than that of user only in theproperty under, over, along, across, in or uponwhich the telegraph authority places anytelegraph line or post; and

(c) ................

(d) in the exercise of the powers conferred by thissection, the telegraph authority shall do aslittle damage as possible, and, when it hasexercised those powers in respect of anyproperty..., shall pay full compensation to allpersons interested for any damage sustained bythem by reason of the exercise of those powers."

Taken together, the laws governing transmission lines give WAPDAvirtually a free hand in the alignment, construction, andmaintenance of its high tension transmission lines. The lawsneither obligate WAPDA to acquire land for its transmission linetowers, nor to pay any kind of easement or user fee to theprivate landowner. The courts have agreed that WAPDA holds noobligation to private landowners beyond the payment ofcompensation for damages and have dismissed petitions fromprivate landowners seeking purchase payment or rent for the landunder the transmission line towers erected by WAPDA on their land(Wafaqi Mohtasib Secretariat, Complaint No. Reg. I/6402/85).

Actual damage to cultivated land is minimal. Tower designs usedeep reinforced concrete footings rather than a full pad underthe tower.

Resistance by landowners to the minimal compensation paid for theplacing of transmission towers on their land has been growing inparts of Pakistan, particularly in Sindh Province. WAPDA hasrecently decided to purchase land under transmission towers.

As far as damages are concerned, the Telegraph Act, 1885, doesnot refer to damages to property, but only to "persons interestedfor any damage." This phrasing precludes WAPDA from being heldliable for any damage to the value of land resulting from the

8.4

routing of a transmission line across it. Damages refer todamages to interested persons by reason of the destruction ofcrops, trees, wells, watercourses, buildings, or other immovableassets due to the construction, presence, and maintenance of atransmission line. The Telegraph Act requires that the telegraphauthorities apply to a Magistrate in the event that a tree ortrees must be removed for the construction and maintenance of atransmission line [Section 18(1)3. Such a tree or trees cannotbe removed until the Magistrate has fixed "such compensation ashe sees reasonable...." [Section 18(2)].

WAPDA is responsible for assessing and paying for damages, butlandowners have the right to appeal to the "District Judge withinwhose jurisdiction the property is situated,...". Disputes thatcan be appealed to a District Judge are those that may arise asto the "sufficiency of the compensation," "the persons entitledto receive compensation or the proportions in which the personsinterested are entitled to share in it" [Section 16(3),(4)].

In the past, compensation for damages appears to have beenapplied unevenly. Clearly, WAPDA assessors have considerablelatitude in determining the value of lost or damaged assets. Forhouses, the rule up to now has been to provide the homeowner withcompensation amounting to 25 percent for reusable constructionmaterials and 100 percent for non-reusable materials andestimated labour costs. In the Resettlement Action Plan for theGhazi-Barotha Hydropower Project, however, WAPDA is proposing topay the full replacement cost of housing.

In rural areas, landowners often are not aware of their right toappeal if they believe damages have not been adequatelycompensated. In some cases, damages can be severe and long-lasting. Instances have been reported of tubewells under newtransmission lines being capped, with minimal compensation beingpaid.

8.2.2 World Bank Requirements

This Environmental Assessment (EA) of the 500 kV transmissionlines for the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project has been preparedin accordance with the World Bank's Operational Directive 4.01:Environmental Assessment. Reference has also been made to thechapter entitled "Electric Power Transmission Systems" in the"Environmental Assessment Sourcebook", Volume III (Ref. 8.1). Aspart of the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project, the transmissionline is assumed to be a Category A project (complete EArequired).

The Guidelines on Electric Power Transmission Systems wereprovided by the World Bank to the Water and Power DevelopmentAuthority (WAPDA) in an Aide Memoire of July 1993, as part of theBank's review of environmental and resettlement issues in theproposed Project (Attachment 8 of that Aide Memoire, Review ofEnvironment and Resettlement Issues, June/July 1993). These

8.5

guidelines cover potential environmental impacts, effects on landuse, health and safety issues, induced development, projectalternatives and monitoring.

The guidelines deal inconclusively with the question ofelectromagnetic fields (EMFs), noting that the "scientificcommunity has not reached consensus on specific biologicalresponses to EMFs, but the evidence suggests that health hazardsmay exist." The guidelines do not provide standards forconductor clearances from residential, educational and/orbusiness structures, or from vegetation or other environmental orsocio-economic resources.

8.2.3 Public Health/Safety Standards

WAPDA has not issued its own standards to protect public healthand safety from potential effects of high voltage transmissionsystems. In the past, various standards have been used inPakistan. There is growing awareness, however, that long-termexposure to the EMF effects of high voltage transmission linescould adversely affect the health of those living or workingclose to such lines. There is particular concern over childrenstudying in schools near high voltage transmission lines.Although the EMF decreases with the square of the distance fromthe line, neither the specific health effects nor the distance atwhich such effects pertain over time is adequately understood.

Conductor to Ground Clearances

WAPDA has accepted current international standards for conductorto ground clearances for the construction of the Tarbela-Lahore500 kV Transmission Line Project. The specific standard acceptedis that of the National Electrical Safety Code (ANSCI C2)currently applicable in the United States.

As described in the Report of the Tarbela-Lahore 500 kVTransmission Line Project (Ref. 8.3), the conductor to groundclearance

"is based on maximum over-voltage due to switching surge.Safe clearance has been kept, considering moving objectsunder the line with a height of 4.5 m, 3 sigma margin,99.7% probability to withstand under adverse atmosphericconditions."

Actual conductor clearances (at a maximum temperature of 65°C)are as follows:

1. Cultivated land traversed by vehicles 9.0 m2. Roads and streets 9.0 m3. Communication and Power Lines

- Power lines up to 132 kV 4.5 m- Power lines up to 220 kV 5.0 m- Power lines up to 500 kV 6.7 m

8.6

4 Highways 11.75 m5. Railroads 11.75 m6. Electrified railroad trolley wire 4.5 m7. River at high flood level 7.0 m8. Places accessible to pedestrians only 8.0 m9. Building roofs not accessible to people 6.0 m10. Building roofs accessible to people 8.0 m11. Tops of trees (orchards) 6.0 m12. Canals 9.0 m13. Lightning protection wires 4.0 m

Corridor Clearances

WAPDA follows a policy of 50 m wide corridors for 500 kVtransmission lines (25 m out from the centreline). In principle,no residential or other building structure should be within the50 m wide corridor, although in constricted areas, such ascities, the minimum distance from the centreline can be reducedto 21 m, which gives a minimum horizontal clearance of 12 m frorthe outer conductors.

Open wells, including Persian wells, are allowed to remain underthe high voltage conductors, as are existing orchards, providedthe fruit trees are kept under 3 m in height. Farm buildings orsingle storey factory buildings not used as residences are alsoallowed to remain under the high voltage lines, provided an 8 mclearance is maintained. The height of the towers can beincreased to accommodate existing buildings. Tubewells are notpermitted under the high voltage conductors, for fear that pipingand cranes used to refurbish such wells could come in contactwith the lines. Such wells are, however, permitted within thecorridor, although there does not seem to be any rule as to howclose tubewells can come to the plumbline of the outer conductor.

8.2.4 WAPDA Transmission Line Organisation

Responsibility for the design, construction and operation oftransmission grids in Pakistan comes under the Managing Director,Transmission and Grids (MD/T&G), who reports directly to WAPDA'sMember (Power) (Drawing 8.1). Two organisations of interest comeunder the MD/T&G, each headed by a General Manager. These areGrid Construction and Grid Systems Operations. Grid Constructionis divided into four groups, each headed by a Chief Engineer.The four groups are shown on Drawing 8.1.

Grid Systems Operations (GSO) also is divided into four groups,each headed by a Chief Engineer. Each group has an area ofresponsibility, ie GSO, Hyderabad; GSO, Multan; GSO, Lahore; andGSO, Islamabad. Each regional GSO is further subdivided (indescending order) into Circles, headed by a SuperintendingEngineer; Divisions, headed by an Executive Engineer; and Sub-Divisions, headed by a Sub-Divisional Officer (SDO). The SDO hasdirect management authority over the Line Superintendents in his

8.7

jurisdiction. At the bottom of the GSO are the Linemen, whopatrol the transmission lines and who report to the LineSuperintendents.

Each patrol team is required to visit its assigned portion of thetransmission line to check for "deviations" at least once amonth. "Deviations" cover all activities that could threaten theoperational efficiency of the transmission system or the healthand safety of the public. In the event that a deviation isdiscovered and not rectified by discussions on the spot, thematter is referred by WAPDA to the local police for prosecutionunder the Telegraph Act. In most cases, this system appears towork well, although influential persons have on occasion beenable to maintain a deviation and avoid prosecution.

8.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

8.3.1 Terminal Points

The three 500 kV lines of the Project will originate at aswitchyard near Barotha and extend to the following destinations:

-A switchyard approximately 5 km south of Peshawar. Thisline will be called the Barotha-Peshawar Line.

- A tower of the existing Tarbela-Gatti Line, near thevillage of Bolianwal. This line will be called theTarbela-Barotha Line (or the "In-line").

- A tower of the Tarbela-Gatti Line, near the village ofJabbi. This will be called the Barotha-Gatti Line (or the"Out-line")?

8.3.2 Proposed Routes

To reach the points described above, three routes have beenselected, after evaluation of various alternatives (see Section8.5 below). As defined here, these routes represent thecentrelines of corridors 50 m wide, within which the placement oftowers, hence the final centreline, will be determined by localconditions at the detailed design stage.

Barotha-Peshawar Line

The proposed line is about 76.8 km long. For convenience ofplanning, this line has been divided into seven segments(Drawings 8.2 and 8.3).

Segment 1, from the Barotha Switchyard to the left (east) bank ofthe Indus river, is 2.5 km long. Its route is largely governedby the optimal point for crossing the Indus, so that Segment 2can pass north of Mandori, NWFP.

8.8

Segment 2, 1.0 km long, spans the Indus river, from a low hill onthe left bank to a slightly higher one on the right bank, about500 m north of Mandori.

Segment 3, 21.8 km long, extends from the tower near the Indus toa point 1 km south of the village of Amir. The first 8.4 km ofthe segment extends approximately west-northwest (Azimuth290 degrees) and the remaining 14.7 km nearly due west (AZ 275degrees).

Segment 4, 12.2 km long, extends west-southwest across thefoothills of the Cherat Range to a point about 500 m north of thevillage of Qamar Mela. There the line bends about 40 degreesnorth, beginning the next segment.

Segment 5, 16.6 km long, extends approximately west-northwestthrough a saddle of the Cherat Range and across a portion of theCherat Cantonment.

Segment 6 has a length of 17.8 km and extends a few degrees morewesterly than Segment 5 (AZ 280 degrees), crossing the Peshawar-Kohat road about 4 km south of Budbher.

Segment 7 is 4.9 km long and extends from a point approximately300 m west of the Peshawar-Kohat road north-northwest (AZ 350degrees) to connect with the WAPDA switchyard near Peshawar.

Tarbela-Barotha Line

This line (Drawing 8.4) comprises three segments, with a totallength of 23.9 km. Its general direction is east-west.

Segment 1 extends 500 m southwest from the connection with theexisting Tarbela-Gatti 500 kV line.

Segment 2, 14.9 km long, is aligned due east-west. It crossesthe Haro river about 3 km south of Attock (near village Jassian)and ends in a bend about 300 m west of the Attock-Sher Shahrailway line.

Segment 3, extends 8.5 km slightly west of northwest (AZ 300degrees) from near the railway line to the Barotha switchyard.

Barotha-Gatti Line

This line (Drawing 8.4) comprises six segments, totalling 32.9 kmand extending roughly east-southeast from the Barotha switchyardto a connection near Jabbi.

Segment 1, 4.8 km long, extends slightly south of southeast fromthe Barotha switchyard to a point about 500 m north of the Haroriver.

8.9

Segment 2, 6.5 km long, extends roughly southeast (AZ 130degrees) , crosses the Haro, and terminates at a 25 degreeseastward bend near the village of Dheri Longhal.

Segment 3, 3.5 km long, extends east-southeast (AZ 105 degrees)across the Attock-Sher Shah railway line and, 500 m farther on,across Nandana Kas (a tributary of the Haro) to a point near thevillage of Dhok Nawab Khan.

Segment 4, 8.6 km long, extends about 10 degrees south of east(AZ 100 degrees) to a point about 1 km south of Akhori. Doingso, it recrosses Nandana Kas.

Segment 5, 3.9 km long, lies approximately 20 degrees south ofeast (AZ 110 degrees) and passes close to the metalled Attock-Fatehjang road.

Segment 6 is 5.6 km long and extends about south-southeast(AZ 150 degrees) to the Tarbela-Gatti line 4 km south of Jabbi.

8.3.3 Corridor Treatment

WAPDA considers the transmission right-of-way, within whichtowers are to be placed and safety restrictions apply, to be 50 mwide. Where necessary or desirable, the entire line may beshifted in order to avoid a village, even when the nearestdwelling would be more that the specified minimum distance of12 m from the vertical plumbline of the outer conductor. WAPDA'spolicy is to place high voltage lines at least 500 m from avillage, where terrain and settlement pattern permit.

Most rural land uses, such as grazing and cropping, are permittedwithin the right-of-way. Shrubs and trees are restricted,however, since many trees grow high enough to violate the 9 mminimum clearance below the lowest conductor. Where a line mustpass through forest, normally the trees are fully cleared. Wherethe line must pass over an existing orchard, however, the heightof the towers is increased to provide sufficient clearance.

As discussed above, the construction of buildings within 21 m ofthe centreline is not permitted and WAPDA maintains asurveillance team which conducts patrols several times each monthto ensure that there is no encroachment.

8.3.4 Towers

Except where long spans may be required, eg for crossing theIndus river, two types of towers will be employed in the newtransmission lines:

- A 40 m high steel tower (Drawing 8.5), used where theline is straight or nearly so.

8.10

- A 27 m tower (Drawing 8.5) for sites, such as where theline bends, where higher than usual lateral stresses areexpected.

Each tower is supported by four footings of reinforced concrete,about 1 to 2 m square and 3 to 6 m long, set into the ground andwith about 0.3 m protruding above ground. The tower isprefabricated on site, the parts trucked in and assembled by acrew of 30-40 men. Each tower assembly takes about a day.

Three sets of conductors are suspended from a cross-span 25.6 mlong in the taller towers and 27.5 m in the shorter towers. Fromthis are strung three sets of four conductors each, attached tothe ends of the arms by strips of insulators. The electricitytravels around the arm by a hanging loop called a "jumper."

The tower design and the stringing of the conductors are suchthat at a design temperature of 65°C, which would cause a maximumlengthening of the conductors, the clearance at the lowest partof the conductor, including the jumper loop, would be not lessthan 9 m.

8.3.5 Treatment of the Bypassed Line Section

The section of 500 kV line between the tie-in of the Tarbela-Barotha line and that of the Barotha-Gatti line will be removedfrom service. It has been WAPDA's policy in the past to leavethe concrete footings in place unless the land is used formechanized agriculture and the landowner requests their removal.

8.4 BASELINE CONDITIONS

8.4.1 Land Use


Segment 1. This first segment of the line begins in the erodedhills immediately northeast of Barotha and proceeds along the lowhills behind the flood plain. From the switchyard to the pointnorth of Dher where the line trends toward the river, the right-of-way (r.o.w.) consists of sparsely brushy slopes and, on thetops of the hills, small plots of barani agriculture. Most ofthe slopes of these small nullahs are strongly and activelyeroded and support only sporadic grasses and shrubs, which arebrowsed on by goats. The towers in this segment will be placedin the agricultural fields on the tops of the hills. North ofDher the line will pass over largely barani agriculture, passingover a small nullah immediately before the river crossing tower.

Segment 2. Most of the r.o.w. in this segment lies on the Indusriver and its flood plain, which consists of a mixture ofboulders and gravels over a sandy substrate. The tower sites atboth sides are in pasture, with low acacia shrubs.

8.11

Segment 3. This long section of line passes over a mixture ofbarani agricultural land (primarily at the western end), sometubewell irrigation, and pastoral scrubland. In the westernportion of the segment the r.o.w. will cross many nullahs and theuplands between them are farmed as barani, apparentlydiscontinuously. The line will pass close to some farmsteads(about 50 m away) but not within 500 m of any villages.

Segment 4. This segment passes across the southern foothills ofthe Cherat range, which are covered with scrub vegetation,containing scattered low trees. There are many wide nullahs.

Segment 5. This portion of the route passes across a saddle inthe Cherat range and descends through a zone of brush and tuftedgrass into an area of low foothills. Land use in this area is amixture of grazing and fuelwood gathering, with intermittentareas of barani agriculture, increasing toward the western end ofthe segment. About 2 km west of the road leading to Jarobai(near the western end of the segment) the alignment passesthrough an eucalyptus plantation of about 200 ha.

Segment 6. This segment begins slightly west of the eucalyptusplantation and passes through an area of grassland mixed withbarani agriculture. After about 5 km it crosses the Upper WarsakLift Canal (Zangal Canal), the main watercourse of an irrigationsystem constructed in the 1980s but never put into full service.West of the nullah called Ara Khe Khwan, from Menra to thePeshawar-Kohat road, much of the agriculture is tubewellirrigated and consists of sugarcane, wheat, vegetables andorchard fruit crops.

Approximately 400 in from the western end of the segment, thealignment crosses the Peshawar-Kohat road, which is in process ofbeing upgraded to a divided roadway. On the east side of thecrossing the nearly continuous strip development is interruptedby a space about 100 m wide, providing a convenient crossingpoint for the transmission line. Agriculture in this area iswheat and orchard.

On the west side of the road, the space between buildings issubstantially wider than that on the east side, approximately200 mn, beyond which the line will cross a wheat field.

Segment 7. The last 4.9 km leg of this line will pass throughlevel, irrigated agricultural land, without passing close to anysettlement.


Segment 1. From the tie-in of the new line with the existingTarbela-Gatti line, the first short segment of the new linecrosses barani wheat fields. Near its crossing of the metalledroad to Bolianwal, the alignment crosses a small nullah.

8.12

Segment 2. Land along this part of the alignment is pasture withfew trees, interspersed with areas of cropland, much of itirrigated by tubewells or dug wells. A 4 km section passes nearto the Kawah Gar Forest Reserve, an area of low hills containinga scrubby dry forest and shrub community. Despite its protectedstatus, it is a source of fuelwood for rural people.

Approximately 2.5 km from the western end of the segment, theline will span the Haro river. In another kilometre it crossesthe Sanjwal-Fatehjang road and, 1.5 km west, the Attock-SherShah railway line. This stretch of the line passes overconsiderable eroded land, with livestock grazing/browsing onsparse vegetation, and small areas of barani cropland.

Segment 3. Beginning just west of the railway line, this segmentpasses through about 4 km of gullies, interspersed with smallareas of barani agriculture on the ridgetops. Six kilometresalong the segment, the alignment crosses the Attock-Pindi Ghebroad and barani agriculture is slightly more intensive from thereto Barotha. The exact routing of the last few kilometres of theline is still under discussion (see Section 8.6, Alternatives).Either route, to the south of the headponds or around to thenorth, would take the line over land already disturbed byconstruction.

Barotha-Gatti Line

Segment 1. The first segment of the line, starting at theBarotha switchyard, is subject to the same considerations as thearriving segment of the Tarbela-Barotha line. It passes overland disturbed by construction (and rehabilitated for somedesignated use), then over barani cropland. It crosses theDhakner road near the junction of that road with the Attock-PindiGheb road or, if the alignment is shifted a few hundred meters tothe southwest, it will cross only the latter. It continues overbroken land to a point near a bend in the Haro river, whereSegment 2 begins.

Segment 2. This segment crosses about a kilometre of mixedbroken land and upland barani agriculture, and then traversesabout 400 m of alluvial barani land on the inside of a large bendin the Haro river. After crossing a gravel bar 200 m wide andthe river itself, it follows a tributary stream called ShakardaraKas, which meanders in deeply cut loops. Here it crosses largelyagricultural lands, belonging to the village of Dheri Kot, someof which are tubewell irrigated. The remainder of this segmentis primarily upland barani agriculture with erosion gullies atintervals.

Segment 3. Beginning a kilometre north of Dheri Longhal with aslight bend in the line, this segment traverses the same type ofbarani land as previously. After 2.2 km it crosses the Attock-Sher Shah railway line and enters an area of eroded nullahsdraining into Nandana Kas. It crosses Nandana Kas and a stretchof more nullahs, with open thorn woodland on the hill slopes.

8.13

The segment ends about 500 m southwest of the village ofJawandewali Dhok.

Segment 4. This segment crosses barani croplands and pasture,then recrosses Nandana Kas near the village of Nawa. It passesacross 5 km of upland barani land and a small tributary ofNandana Kas, called Dunga Kas. It continues across more of thesame type of terrain, cut by several nullahs, to end near Akhori.

Segment S. The western half of this segment is a mixture ofbarani cropland and rocky slopes used for browsing (by goats,primarily) and the cutting of fuelwood. The eastern half of thesegment is hillier, being an extension of the Kala Chittafoothills, and is mostly covered with open scrub vegetation.There are some barani fields scattered through the section and asmall reservoir has been constructed between the road and thetransmission line alignment.

Segment 6. This last segment of the Barotha-Gatti line crossesan area of broken, rocky terrain dissected by numerous smallnullahs. The principal land use is pasture, largely for goats.The area of the proposed tie-in to the existing line is nearlylevel pasture land.

8.4.2 Ecological Values


The barani agricultural lands along the alignment provide habitatfor a few species of birds and some small mammals, some of whichare agricultural pests. Jackals, foxes, and mongooses arereported to be common and hares (Lepus) were seen during thefield visit. In the uncultivated areas adjacent to croplands,the pressure of fuelwood cutting, lopping of limbs for fodder,and livestock foraging has greatly reduced biodiversity andfavoured plant species, such as milkweeds (Asclepiadaceae), thatare toxic or of low palatability.

The uncultivated slopes of the Cherat range provide more wildlifehabitat than the agricultural lands, but the removal of theoriginal forest through centuries of intensive fuelwood andtimber cutting, coupled with livestock pressure, has left a dryscrub ecosystem of low vegetative diversity. The lack ofbiodiversity is well illustrated by the nearly total dominance ofthe shrub "sanatee" Dodona burmanniana (Myrtaceae) on thesouthern slopes of the Cherat range.

The situation is not likely to change in the near future.Reafforestation is a government function that inspires littlecitizen interest in this region. The planting of eucalyptus, atype of tree with little wildlife value outside of Australia,provides some tree cover, but is unlikely to alter the habitatsituation.

8.14


The ecological value of lands crossed by this transmission routeis similar to that of the Barotha-Peshawar Line, except that thepresence of the Indus nearby, and perennial streams and thelarger number of nullahs provide greater habitat diversity. Thisis reflected in the sighting, during the field visit, of numerousbird species not seen in two days along the Barotha-Peshawarline, eg, White-breasted Kingfisher, Common Raven, and SandMartin at a single large nullah. A considerable number ofraptors (eagles, buzzards, harriers, and falcons) were seen atvarious points in the area. Such species usually are indicativeof a relatively rich population of small rodents. Despite theslightly more diverse avifauna, the habitat cannot be rated assuitable for many of these species, since it lacks most of itsoriginal natural vegetation and continues to be subject tointensive human activity.

Barotha-Gatti Line

The ecological value of the Barotha-Gatti Line is essentially thesame as that of comparable areas of the Tarbela-Barotha Line.

8.4.3 Socio-Cultural Resources

The region through which the alignments of the three transmissionlines pass generally is rural upland country, with largely barani(rain dependent) agriculture on the riverain benches of the Haro,Nandana Kas, and Indus rivers. There are pockets of irrigatedagriculture in the Haro valley and the Vale of Peshawar. Thecultivated valleys lie between rocky uplands and lines of hills,the latter being forest reserves under the provincial forestdepartments. The lines pass well south of the main road and railtransportation corridor between Rawalpindi/Islamabad andPeshawar. Apart from specialized defense industries north of theHaro river, the region lacks significant industry. The Barotha-Peshawar Transmission Line skirts south of defense reservationsin the Cherat area.


Settlement Pattern. The proposed alignment of the Barotha-Peshawar Transmission Line passes through two sub-regionsseparated by the Cherat hills. The first of these is confinedbetween the Indus and the excessively eroded eastern extension ofthe Cherat hills. The Indus swings west just below itsconfluence with the Haro and follows this course forapproximately 19 km, before turning south below Nizampur. TheIndus thus forms both the eastern and part of the southern borderof this sub-region. The southern face of the Cherat hills drainsinto the Indus through a series of largely seasonal streamsbetween Darwazai and Nizampur. West of Nizampur, the cirque ofmountains (Cherat to the north; Khawarra to the west and south)is drained by the Wuoh Khawar.

8.15

The villages in this region either lie at the edge the mountains,where permanent water is available from surface springs(kalapani) or shallow wells, or on the bench above the Indusriver along the line where relatively permanent water flows inthe streams. The Kohat-Khairabad road generally passes abovethis second line of villages. Above the lower line of villages,the streams are highly seasonal and dry for most of the year.This is the strip through which the proposed transmission linewill pass. The region between the two lines of villages is stilllargely uninhabited, although there is some residentialdevelopment on the lateral roads leading up to the highervillages, where tubewells have been sunk to exploit subsurfacewater.

The region is not densely inhabited. Villages occur where waterhas been available historically, but are nowhere closer to eachother than 1.5 km. Most villages between Nizampur and Darwazaiare 3 to 7 km apart. Village estates tend to be large, with acentral residential site and a few outlying compounds. TheInzari village estate, for example, covers about 25 square milesand lies in a roughly rectangular shape between the mountains andthe lower bench above the Indus. Populations vary considerably.According to local informants, smaller villages like Mandori andDarwazai have about 400 households. Inzari, a medium-sizedvillage in population reportedly has between 1,200 and 1,300households, while the large roadside village of Kah has 4,500households.

The transmission line corridor will pass between the two lines ofvillages in this area, thus keeping well clear of village sites.Only at Mandori and near Amir will the corridor come within 1 kmof the village. According to the WAPDA surveyors, in the 20 kmdistance between Mandori and Amir, three outlying deras (familycompounds) are within the proposed corridor, including one thatalso has a small shop and private tubewell. In this area, thetransmission line will cross over the village roads and elongatedvillage estates roughly at right angles, so that those living inthe villages at the foot of the hills will cross under the lineson their way to the lower bazaars, high schools and colleges, andwork places. Some local cultivating and livestock movement willalso regularly cross under the transmission lines.

West of Nizampur, the region becomes much less inhabited. TheWuoh Khawar has permanent flow in the reach from Nizampur to the.Indus, but is dry for most of the year in its middle reaches.Only at Qamar Mela, some 12 km above Nizampur, is there apermanent flow. In this region, the transmission line corridoris routed through uninhabited country and passes 2 km north ofQamar Mela before turning northwestward to climb the Cherat hillsover a saddle approximately 1,200 m in elevation.

North of the Cherat Range, drainage flows northwards into theKabul river and much of the country under the hills isexceedingly broken up and eroded. The route of the transmission

8.16

line passes laterally across this sparsely inhabited submontaneregion, where a few villages, such as Jarobai, are located nearpermanent water sources under the hills. The corridor passesabout 1 km north of Jarobai (approximately 1,800 households) and1 km south of the large Afghan refugee camp near Shamshatu.According to informants at the camp, the latter retains less thanhalf of its original population of 20,000 households. Northwestof Shamshatu the topography begins to level off. Here thetransmission route crosses a semi-arid plain and passes within afew hundred metres of a small temporary settlement of anestimated 12 housing compounds for Afghan refugees before passingover the non-functional Upper Warsak Lift Canal.

Once across the Lift Canal, the corridor enters a fertile,irrigated, and much more densely populated tract about 8 km long,which characterizes the remaining section of the route all theway to its terminus at the WAPDA Grid Station, Peshawar. Thesettlement pattern here is one of substantial central villages(Anzari, Menra), with numerous outlying compounds scatteredthroughout the plain. This settlement pattern alters only alongthe Peshawar-Kohat road, where commercial strip developmentextends southward past the point where the proposed corridorintersects the road.

Ethnic Patterns. The people who inhabit the region of the North-West Frontier Province through which the Barotha-Peshawartransmission line will pass are almost exclusively Pakhtuns(Pathans). The dominant language is Pashto, but literate personscan also speak Urdu. There is only one Awan (Punjabi) village onthe right bank of the Indus. This is Jabbi, which is roughlyopposite Barotha (not to be confused with Jabba north of Barothaon the left bank, or Jabbi village on the Attock-Fatehjang road).Otherwise the area between Darwazai and Nizampur is the territoryof the Akora Khattaks. West of Nizampur along the Wuoh Khawarand its tributaries, there is one village of Kaka Khel Sayyids(at Ziarat Ghalib Gul Baba) and some Dara Adam Khel Afridis, buthere too most of the inhabitants are Akora Khattaks. Theterritory of Hassan Khel section of the Dara Adam Khel Afridisbegins about 4 km west of Qamar Mela.

North of the Cherat Range, the inhabitants are more mixed. AkoraKhattaks and the Dag Ismail Khel clan share the land in thefoothills of the Cherat Range. Farther northwest, around Jarobaiand Shamshatu, the area is within the Janikar Ghair Ilaqa (tribalterritory), where the people are a more pacified off-shoot of theDara Adam Khel Afridis. The remaining inhabitants in the AfghanRefugee Camp are mostly Pakhtuns, some of them from around Kunduzand other regions north of the Hindu Kush. The fertile beltsoutheast of Peshawar is the ancestral territory of the BaraMomands.

Economic Base. The sub-regions through which the Barotha-Peshawar line will pass lack uniquely distinguishing economiccharacteristics. In the main, the rural economy of the AkoraKhattak sub-region remains one of largely undeveloped barani

8.17

agriculture, based on rabi wheat and barley, vegetablecultivation and livestock raising for home consumption, with aweak trend toward tubewell irrigation and orchard development.The largest landholdings in the villages visited were 20 ha, withthe average being about half that. Fields generally weredispersed and often sectioned by nullahs. Yields for rabi wheatreportedly are poor in the hard pebbly soils. Alluvium and wellirrigation are found more often in the villages south of theNizampur (Khairabad-Kohat) road, where yields are better.

The rural economy long ago stopped providing all the requirementsfor family livelihoods and the area is one of persistent out-migration, with adult males temporarily moving out to take jobsin the military or farther afield in the Gulf. Most householdsin the sub-region have at least one male working in Khairabad,Akora Khattak, or Nowshera, the last being a medium-sizedindustrial centre. Some women also move out. Two women fromMandori have become medical doctors and both practice inPeshawar. Education is prized for the skills it can provide tocompete for outside opportunities and most villages have at leastprimary schools for boys and girls. Middle and high schools arewithin reach of most villages, while degree colleges areavailable at Akora Khattak, Nowshera, and Peshawar.

Basic health facilities are available in the sub-region, whilehospitals in Nowshera and Peshawar are used for serious medicalproblems. Electricity is supplied throughout most of the region.Many villages also have government-supplied tubewells which areused for domestic water needs. Inzari has a tubewell and tankwhich supplies an extensive piped household water supply system.

West of Nizampur, cultivation is limited to the permanent streamin the Khawar at Qamar Mela. This provides for irrigated wheatand barley cultivation along the stream. The major resource ofthe village, however, is the "sanatee" bush, which covers thevalley bottoms and rolling inter-montane country. Sanatee hasbeen harvested by the villagers for fuelwood from time beyondmemory and sold in the bazaars of Nowshera and Peshawar. Localmiddlemen buy the wood from the villagers for Rs. 40 per 40 kgand sell it in the cities for Rs. 50-55 per 40 kg. They alsohire trucks to carry the wood out. An adult can gather up to80 kgs per day, which translates to Rs. 2,000 per month working asix day week. If women or children or other adults in the familyhelp, a reasonable household livelihood can be had from sanatee.

North of the Cherat Range, economic conditions in drier uplandcountry appear to be poorer than those south of the range. Morestony upland fields appear to have been abandoned or are now usedfor pasture. The proximity of major urban areas, like Nowsheraand Peshawar, and towns like Pabbi and Akora Khattak, means thatmore men have daily work outside the village. This area standsin marked contrast, of course, to the contiguous fertile belt ofthe Bara Momand tract. This area is extensively irrigated fromtubewells and produces numerous cash crops: tobacco, sugarcaneand sugar beets, vegetables and fruit. Nowshera, which has both

8.18

cigarette factories and sugar mills, is the destination for someof these crops, while vegetables and fruit are sold in Peshawar.

Transportation System. The transmission line corridor passesthrough fairly difficult country that is served by secondary andtertiary road systems. The region skirts south of the mainroad/railway corridor along the Grand Trunk (GT) road. Thiscorridor is accessible at Khairabad, where the GT road crossesthe Indus river, and the Attock Khurd and Akora Khattak railwaystations. From Khairabad, a provincial road leads down to ajunction west of Khushalgarh on the Rawalpindi-Kohat road. Thisis the road that goes through Nizampur near the transmissioncorridor. From this road, most of the villages in the Projectarea are served by metalled village roads. The more remoteareas, like Amir, Mir Kalan, and Qamar Mela, are connected bygravel tracks.

The area of the transmission line route north of the Cherat rangeis served by lateral village roads leading off the Pabbi-Cheratroad or directly up from the Grand Trunk road. Most of thesevillage roads are metalled. One district metalled road runsalong a bank of the Warsak Lift Canal. This road connects withmetalled village roads leading into the Menra and Anzari areas,and with the national Peshawar-Kohat road. The corridor alsocrosses over the Peshawar-Kohat road, the most important nationalhighway crossed by any of the Project transmission corridors.

Archaeological and Historical Resources. The only knownarchaeological site in the corridor of the Barotha-Peshawar500 kV Transmission Line is a paleolithic site from the earliestMiddle Pleistocene or derived Lower Pleistocene at Mandori. TheMandori site is discussed along with Gariala (Haro-Indusconfluence) in the literature as one of the Battered Pre-Soanassemblages of stone tools. The actual location of the find isbelieved to be in the deeply cut seasonal stream just aboveMandori village. A rock with petroglyphs is located about 1 kmabove Mandori, on the right bank of the Indus.

The tower at the western end of the 500 kV crossing of the Indusriver will be located on a hillock above and to the north of theMandori seasonal stream. The top of this hillock is about 50 mabove the river and flood bed of the nullah and about 100 mlateral distance from the confluence of the stream and the Indusriver.

The most common forms of local cultural property in ruralPakistan are shrines (ziarat) and old village mosques. The mostsignificant shrine in the region transited by the proposedcorridor is that of Ghalib Gul Baba near Qamar Mela. The shrineand associated mosque and langar (guest house and kitchen) are1.7 km from the corridor. Ghalib Gul Baba, a sufi of theSuharwardy Silsila (order), lived during the latter part of theLodhi Dynasty (9th Century AH, which is approximately the 15thcentury AD) and was the grandfather of Kaka Sahib, who is buriednear Nowshera and is one of the most important saints in the

8.19

North-West Frontier Province. The Ghalib Gul Baba shrine is ahandsome domed structure, with some tile work and frescoes in thetomb chamber. It is managed by the local Kaka Khel Sayyids, whoclaim descent from the saint, and not by the Auqaf Department. Asubstantial (8 m high) whitewashed structure, the ziarat isvisible for miles around, perfectly set in its plain amid thehigher ground on three sides.

Tarbela-Barotha and Barotha-Gatti Lines

The proposed new sections of these lines are aligned in the samesub-region and can be dealt with together. The new section ofthe Tarbela-Barotha Line will run from Bolianwal near theSanjwal-Fatehjang road in a westerly direction south of the Haroriver, pass between Pindi Trer and the northern margins of theKawah Gar Reserved Forest, cross the Haro near Jassian and thenangle more west-northwest to the switchyard. The new section ofthe Barotha-Gatti Line will run eastward from the Projectswitchyard, angle east-southeast over the confluence of theShakardara Kas and Haro, pass along the southern bench above theNandana Kas, and join the existing Tarbela-Gatti Line near Jabbi,which is on the Attock-Fatehjang road.

Settlement Pattern. Generally in the region of the Haro riverand Nandana Kas, the central villages lie on the bench betweenthe river valleys and the mountains (Kala Chitta and Kawah Garuplands), where relatively flat land is available for baranicultivation. The land along the rivers for the most part isdeeply eroded and gullied, while that up toward the mountains isalso gullied and stony. These broken areas are used forpasturage, and for fuelwood and fodder. In a few places, whereland slopes evenly down to the rivers, fertile pockets irrigatedby Persian wells are present, such as at Dhok Machian (Akorivillage) and around the confluence of the Shakardara Kas with theHaro river (Dheri Kot and Shinh Bagh).

Villages are slightly smaller than those west of the Indus, withpopulations of between 350 and 900 households. Numerous smallersettlements and family compounds are scattered around the centralvillages, a substantial portion of these being under the hillswhere permanent water is available. This pattern suggestsconditions of greater security historically in this region eastof the Indus. There has been some tubewell development over thepast two decades.

Ethnic Divisions. The region to be traversed by the proposedeastern transmission lines is part of Attock District and isinhabited by Punjabi (Potohari dialect) speaking, post-triballineage groups (biraderis). The two major lineage groups arethose of the Awans, who dominate most of the Potwar Plateau southof the Kala Chitta Range, and the small Khattar Tribe. The latteris confined to the southern belt of Attock Tehsil and thenorthern margins of Fatehjang Tehsil, but which holds 10 of the19 villages through which the two transmission lines will pass,including the village of Barotha. Of the remaining 9 villages,

8.20

Awans hold 7 and Sayyids hold 2. Both the Awans and Khattarshave contributed substantial numbers of their men to the nationaldefense forces.

Economic Base. The economy south of the Haro river isexclusively rural, although the proximity of Attock city and theextensive Kamra/Sanjwal defense industries north of the Haroprovide some alternative daily work opportunities for thevillages of the area. In addition, virtually every village hasmembers working outside the area in Islamabad, Karachi, orabroad. The village of Jabbi, where the new line from Barothawill tie into the current Tarbela-Gatti Line, is an Awan villagewith a reported 250 men in the armed forces, police, and othergovernment service.

The rural economy is largely barani, with wheat, maize, barleyand bajra (fodder) the main crops. There is some irrigatedalluvial land in the river valleys and each village now has fromone to five tubewells and an average of two tractors.Landholdings are smaller than those across the Indus, rangingfrom 0.1 ha to 3 ha in one village. Livestock provides animportant addition to family incomes and diets. One family witha 0.3 ha holding reported that their annual income from crops wasRs. 12,000-13,000; and from livestock Rs. 6,000-7,000. Theyregarded this as an average income for their village.

Basic education and medical care are available through villageprimary and middle schools and Basic Health Units. High schoolsare present at the Union Council level, while Attock city has adegree college and several private professional schools forcommerce and computer studies. More advanced medical assistancealso is available in Attock city.

Transportation System. Secondary transportation links passthrough the area. The Attock-Sher Shah (via Kundian) railwayline runs from Attock Junction south across the Haro and Nandanarivers, before passing through the Kala Chitta range. The roadto Basal, Pindi Gheb, Talagang and Khushab is routed across theHaro near Gariala. District roads cross the area from Attockcity to Fatehjang and from Sanjwal to Fatehjang. Roads north andeast of Attock city connect the whole region to the Grand Trunkroad at Lawrencepur, Kamra and Haji Shah. Most villages areconnected to district roads by metalled roads. Access to theShakardarra area west of the Nandana Kas-Haro river confluence isstill uncertain, as the Nandana has to be forded.

Archaeological and Historical Resources. The only knownarchaeological site near the transmission line corridors is atGariala, where a group of 17 boulders is marked with petroglyphs.In addition, there are at least two erratics with petroglyphs inthe area which were discovered during Project preparation, oneeach in the estates of Barotha and Dher. Gariala is also thesite of a stone age culture from the Early or Middle Pleistoceneperiods.

8.21

The most prominent contemporary cultural property proximate tothe transmission corridors is the shrine of Sakhi Zinda Pir atAkori. This shrine is located on the bank of a deep nullah inthe Kala Chitta range about 4 km south of Akhori. A metalledroad leads up to the shrine from the district road at Akhori.The corridor of the southern transmission line (Barotha-Gatti)intersects this road about 3 km north of the shrine.

8.5 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

8.5.1 Land Use

The overall impacts, mitigation actions and proposals formonitoring the effects of the transmission lines are summarisedin Table 8.1.

The Project's transmission lines are not expected to cause anysignificant changes in land use, since WAPDA's policy is to avoidsuch changes by modifying the line where necessary. Suchmodifications include the avoidance of villages and, whenpossible, of single dwellings. Where no alternative to moving adwelling exists, the site of the dwelling and the new site of theresettled family will undergo minor land use changes (residentialto agricultural, and vice versa). Such areas will involve onlyfractions of hectares.

8.5.2 Vegetation and Wildlife

The truck transportation of tower parts and crew (of 30-40 men)to each tower site and the assembly and erection of the tower, aswell as the stringing of the wires (initially performed by layingthe wires on the ground between the towers) will cause damage tothe ecosystem within the narrow confines of the corridor. In allthe non-agricultural sections of the lines, the naturalvegetation consists of grasses, forbs and shrubs, and is alreadysubject to considerable human pressure. Thus, the transmissionline construction will merely place a temporary additional burdenon a system already stressed. The linear nature of this impact,both the access to the tower sites and the lines themselves,means that the regeneration of vegetation will proceed morerapidly that in situations such as fire, that may destroy theplants and their seeds over a wider area.

In the case of the eucalyptus plantation crossed by the Barotha-Peshawar Line, the trees will have to be felled along thetransmission corridor, but the ecological damage done will benil, since eucalyptus inhibits the growth of many other plantsand the plantation cannot really be considered an ecosystem. Theabsence of most insect pests on this introduced group of treesrestricts the use of the plantation by insectivorous birds andmammals.

8.22

8.5.3 Socio-cultural Resources

The transmission lines will have minimal general effects onsocial and cultural resources in the region, although there couldbe highly localized effects on houses and other structures.During the process of detailed design and construction of a powerline, there is flexibility in selecting the locations of thetowers to minimise local impacts.

Although the lines will pass over numerous village roads andtracks, several district and provincial roads, one nationalhighway (Peshawar-Kohat road/Indus Highway), and one railwayline, no effects on transportation or village agriculturalmovements are anticipated. Further, none of the lines is likelyto induce uncontrolled development in currently underdevelopedregions by introducing electrification, as all will feed intomajor switchyards that provide power to the national grid.Moreover, local job opportunities on the line will beinconsequential. Towers usually are constructed by specialistWAPDA contractors within a day after the footings are adequatelycured.

The potential social effects of the transmission lines are asfollows:

villages

Preliminary surveys and field visits indicate that the proposedcorridors will pass well outside the village centres. Ifnecessary, the corridor will be adjusted locally to avoidvillages.

At Barotha, the three lines leaving the switchyard have beenrouted to provide the maximum available clearance from thevillage, taking into account other features such as the proximityof the Indus river. This clearance is less than WAPDA's target of500 m but nevertheless is not less than 200 m.

Isolated Houses and Inhabited Compounds

Precise figures on the number of dwellings that could be affectedwill be available after the detailed line surveys have beencompleted. Preliminary surveys indicate that the proposedcorridors of the transmission lines could intercept between 10and 20 isolated house compounds, which will be relocated locally.

Schools

The school at Barotha is adjacent to the fence at the switchyardsite, therefore it will be relocated in the resettlement villageon the opposite (south) side of the tailrace channel.

The detailed survey of the transmission lines will identify andlocate any other schools within 100 m of the proposed corridoralignments.

8.23

Other Buildings

Preliminary surveys and field visits indicate the proposedcorridors will intercept several barns, shops, and other non-residential structures. The most affected area will be thecrossing of the Peshawar-Kohat road. The detailed survey willnote all non-residential buildings within 100 m of the proposedcorridor alignments. Where necessary, such buildings will bereplaced.

Wells

The transmission lines will pass over a number of wells,including open Persian wells, pump wells, and tubewells. Themost affected area probably will be the passage of the Barotha-Gatti Line over the confluence of the Shakardarra Kas with theHaro river. This is a low area with numerous wells. Thedetailed survey will note all wells coming within the 50 mn wideproposed corridor of each transmission line. These wells will bereplaced by WAPDA as part of the Project.

Cultural Properties

The transmission lines will pass close to known archaeologicalsites at Mandori and Barotha. The sites will be noted on thedetailed survey after the archaeological survey of thetransmission lines has been completed. During the detaileddesign and construction stage, tower locations will be adjustedto avoid any relevant sites.

Temporary Damage: Infrastructure, Crops and Trees

The movement of construction vehicles and line stringingoperations could cause temporary damage to local infrastructure(field walls, tracks, lined watercourses, etc.), as well as tostanding crops, or to fruit trees. It will not be possible toavoid some damage of this kind, although efforts will be made tominimise such damage and to schedule construction during periodswhen fields are fallow.

8.6 ALTERNATIVES

8.6.1 No Action Alternative

The "no action" alternative cannot be applied in the case of atransmission line for a project generating electricity, since thegeneration of power has no utility without the means to convey itto the users.

8.6.2 Terminal Points

Prior to the selection of transmission line routes, the terminalpoints must be identified. This is done on the basis of the

8.24

national load forecast, predicted future total generatingcapacity, and transmission capacity. The Power System AnalysisPackage developed by the Bonneville Power Authority (USA) wasused by WAPDA to determine the optimal tie-in points. It takesinto account seasonal load fluctuations, transmission lineloadability, voltage levels, ambient and conductor temperatures,wind speed, and solar radiation.

Based on the results of studies of a number of alternative routesusing this package, WAPDA selected Peshawar and a section of theTarbela-Gatti line as tie-in points for the Ghazi-BarothaProject.

Although no specific environmental analysis of the alternativeswas done, it is evident that all would exert roughly the sameimpacts and that none of the impacts would be severe.

8.6.3 Routes


On the basis of topography, four alternative routes wereconsidered for this Line (Drawings 8.2 and 8.3). Alternative 1,the northernmost, was preferred initially, because it waspredominantly across plains. It would have passed through themilitary cantonment at Nowshera, however, and, farther west,through an area used for parachute training drops. For thesereasons, it was discarded.

Alternative 2 represented a shift to the south, avoiding themilitarily sensitive areas of Alternative 1, but this put it inthe rugged hills of the Cherat Range, a difficult and costlyterrain across which to construct and maintain a line.

Alternative 3 was considerably farther south, missing the CheratRange, for the most part, and passing through more favourableterrain. This route would extend through a tribal area, however,and the security of the line and its workers could not beassured.

Alternative 4, the selected route, is relatively free oftopographic problems and appears to exert no seriousenvironmental or social impacts. It passes through sparselysettled plains and foothills, passes at least 3 km from theManglot Wildlife Reserve, and crosses the southern part of theCherat Cantonment. The crossing of the cantonment is in an areadevoid of residences and other military structures, so permissionwas readily obtained from the military authorities.

Tarbela-Barotha and Barotha-Gatti Lines

While no alternative route has been suggested by WAPDA for theout-line (Barotha-Gatti) arrangement, two alternative routes forthe In-line (Tarbela-Barotha) arrangements have been studied

8.25

including the one described above. The other In-line route hasbeen proposed to start from a tower near Ghurghushti. Afterfollowing a southwest direction up to Sanjwal for 18 km it willturn west towards Barotha for another 18 km. However, this routehas not been considered for further study because of thefollowing reasons:

- The route would pass through the militarily sensitiveareas of Sanjwal and Kamra.

- It would have three crossings over the Power Channel.

- It would have one crossing over the GT road, one crossingover the main railway line (Attock-Peshawar) and twocrossings over district roads.

- This route would involve construction of about 36 km longIn-line and decommissioning of about 35 km section ofexisting Tarbela-Gatti line. The other alternative routefor the In-line arrangement will be about 29 km inlength and involve decommissioning of about 15 km lengthof existing line.

8.6.4 Tower Placement

With the centreline of the route determined on the map, theplanning engineer exercises considerable judgement in selectingtower sites in the field. A tower may be shifted along thecentreline to obtain clearance, optimal span length, or betterfoundation conditions. It may be shifted at right angles to thecentreline to move the conductors away from a village orresidence (often resulting in a shift outside the original mapcorridor) or to improve the tower site. During detailed designand construction, environmental and engineering conditions willbe combined to develop a line that achieves the greatest possibleclearance to houses and villages and minimum impact on trees andagriculture.

8.7 MITIGATION PLAN

8.7.1 Variations in Alignment

Corridor Clearances

On the basis of electro-magnetic flux, WAPDA's practice inrouting 500 kV transmission lines complies with internationalstandards. In general, a clearance of 500 m for largesettlements and 100 m for isolated public buildings is provided.The absolute minimum clearance for individual buildings is,however, maintained at 21 m from the outermost conductor of aline.

8.26

Barotha Village

Due to the proximity of Project facilities around Barothavillage, special consideration has been given to determiningclearances for transmission line routes leading out of the PowerComplex switchyard. The Barotha-Peshawar transmission line willleave the west side of the switchyard and go north in a corridorbetween the North Headpond embankment to the east and a 500 m arcfrom the outer limit of Dher village to the west. The Barotha-Peshawar line will continue to the northwest to a tower on theIndus left bank, from which it will cross over to Mandori on theright bank roughly on a line perpendicular to the course of theriver (Drawing 8.6).

The Tarbela-Barotha and Barotha-Gatti transmission lines willalso exit the west side of the switchyard and circumvent Barothavillage to the west and south (Drawing 8.6). The lines will thenproceed east across the Gariala-Dakhner road, passing to thenorth of Gariala village. Minimum clearances to housing will bemaintained. Due to the proximity of the Indus river, it will notbe possible to maintain the preferred 500 m clearance fromBarotha village in this sector, but the clearance will be atleast 200 m.

8.7.2 Resettlement

In determining the final corridor alignments, includingadjustments in the field, WAPDA will make every effort to avoidisolated houses and family compounds by a minimum of 50 m fromthe plumbline of the outer conductor. In the event that a houseor family compound unavoidably comes within a distance of 12 m,the house will be relocated and WAPDA will pay the head of thehousehold the full replacement value of the affected structure.The relocation of housing displaced by the transmission lineswill be carried out according to the Resettlement Action Plan(RAP) of the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project (Ref. 8.4). Afeature of the RAP is the appointment of an independent ProjectNon-Government Organisation (PNGO) which will monitor landacquisition and compensation procedures on behalf of Projectaffectees.

The following caveats will apply:

- The value of the affected structure will be assessed by aWAPDA assessor, but in the event the houseowner does notagree, the village Member of the Union Council (or mostrecent ex-Member if the council is in legal abeyance)will convene a three-member arbitration panel withrepresentatives from the village elders, WAPDA and theProject NGO (PNGO) to fix the level of compensation.Under the Land Acquisition Act, the houseowner willalways have the right to appeal the amount ofcompensation to the courts.

8.27

Each homeowner will be provided with a Certificate ofCompensation which specifies the exact amount ofcompensation due. The value of the house will includeall utility fixtures and other fixed salvageable items.

The homeowner will have the exclusive right to salvageand dispose of any material or items from the lost house.The value of these materials will not be deducted fromthe overall value of the house.

The affected household can chose either to build its newhome, or have WAPDA provide a house of the same size.

In the event that the affected houseowner does not ownsuitable land on which to resettle, WAPDA will purchaseland near the village for the new house. This plot willbe either the same size as the lost site or 46 sq m,whichever is larger.

If necessary, WAPDA will provide a truck to enable theaffected family to move to the new house.

The move to the new house must be completed before the500 kV line is energised.

Each owner of a house to be demolished and who wishes to buildhis own replacement will be paid for the new house in five equalinstallments, starting with (1) an initial advance payment, withsubsequent payments being made on (2) completion of foundations,(3) completion of masonry work, (4) completion of the roof, and(5) after moving into the new dwelling. All payments will bemade within one week of the PNGO certifying that the necessarystage has been completed. The target date for the completion ofeach stage will be agreed between the owner, WAPDA, and the PNGO,and should be recorded in the Certificate of Compensation. Ifthe delay reaches 3 months at any stage, WAPDA will have theright to complete the construction at the owner's cost. This isto ensure that the affectees do in fact move into their newdwellings and that delays do not affect the construction of thetransmission lines.

At Barotha, the households adjacent to (within 12 m) the fencejust south of the switchyard will be given the option of movingto the resettlement village. This move will occur as part of theResettlement Action Plan for the Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject.

8.7.3 Schools

The final alignment of the transmission line corridors willmaintain an horizontal clearance of 100 n between the outerconductor and any school building. The school at Barotha, whichis close to the switchyard, will be moved to the resettlement

8.28

village. Any other school that unavoidably comes within 100 m ofthe outer conductor on any of the Project transmission lines willbe moved at Project expense to an appropriate nearby location.

8.7.4 Other Buildings

Clearances for non-residential buildings, other than schools,will be treated according to the standards of the NationalElectrical Safety Code (ANSCI C2). Every effort will be made toavoid these buildings by adjusting the locations of towers or,where practicable, to heighten towers to maintain the verticalclearances. If, in the event, any buildings cannot be avoided,the owners will be paid compensation at replacement value byWAPDA.

8.7.5 Wells

Open wells served by the traditional (Persian Wheel) lift systemwill continue to 'function if these come under the 500 kV lines.Pumpwells and tubewells, however, that unavoidably come directlyunder the transmission lines or within 12 m of the plumbline ofthe outer conductor will be capped by WAPDA. This is to preventaccidental contact or arcing with the lines by pipes and craneswhen pumpwells or tubewells are reconditioned. For all wellsthat are capped, the Project will provide replacement wells ofthe same capacity and any associated irrigation infrastructure(e.g. lined watercourses) free of cost to the affected wellowner.

The new tubewell will be placed as close as possible to the oldwell, but preferably outside the 50 m corridor. If the tubewellowner (or owners in the case of jointly-held tubewells) does notown the land in an appropriate and agreed location, the Projectwill purchase a site for the well and any connecting strip to theowner's present holding.

8.7.6 Bypassed Section

The section of the current Tarbela-Gatti Line between the tie-inpoints of the two new transmission lines east of Barotha will bedismantled. In cultivated ground, the concrete tower footingswill not be left as they are. WAPDA will either remove thesefootings entirely or remove the top part of the footings down to0.75 m below the top of the soil.

8.7.7 Cultural Properties

Archaeological sites will be safeguarded from any direct impactby the transmission lines. These sites will be noted on Projectmaps by the Archaeological Survey team. The recommendations ofthe archaeologists about how these sites should be treated underthe Project will be followed.

8.29

The Department of Archaeology will be notified when thetransmission tower sites have been determined. The Departmentmay wish to visit certain sites to ensure that they do notcontain any cultural properties. If archaeological or historicalresources are found, the Department may require salvage,preservation, or a change in tower site.

8.7.8 Temporary Damage

WAPDA will pay for all damage to crops, fruit trees, and localinfrastructure (field walls, tracks, lined watercourses, etc).Such payments will be made within one month after an assessmentof damage by WAPDA assessors. In the event that the owner of thedamaged property believes the compensation is too low, the sameprocedure described in Section 8.7.2 will apply. WAPDA will paythe compensation within one month of the decision of thearbitration panel. The PNGO will record the decision of thepanel and ensure that the payment is made. It will note suchpayments, or lack thereof, as part of its regular reportingrequirements.

8.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

8.8.1 Management Responsibility

The management of social aspects of the Mitigation Plan will bethe responsibility of the Project Non-Governmental Organization(PNGO) of the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project. The WAPDATransmission Line Cell and/or its consultants will provide boththe PNGO and the WAPDA Environmental Cell with the precisenumbers, physical details, and locations of all affected sites inthe proposed transmission line corridors.

For each affected site, the Transmission Line Cell and/or itsconsultants will show that there is no local solution to theeffect and the impact is unavoidable. A combined field visit(Transmission Line Cell and/or consultants, the PNGO, and theWAPDA Environmental Cell) will be made to examine unavoidablyimpacted sites (houses, schools, wells, cultural properties,etc.)

Where impacts are unavoidable, the PNGO will ensure that therelocation of houses is carried out according to the MitigationPlan (above) and, as appropriate, the requirements for relocationhousing provided for in the Project Resettlement Action Plan.

The PNGO also will work with the appropriate WAPDA assessmentstaff, contractor, and civil authorities to ensure that schoolsrequiring relocation are moved. It will work with the WAPDAassessment staff and contractor to ensure that all replacementwells are constructed and handed over to their owners in complete

8.30

working order, together with any infrastructure requiringreconstruction (pipes, watercourses, nakkas, etc.).

The PNGO will report on the status of mitigation activities inthe transmission line corridors as part of its regular reportingrequirements for the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Prxoject. It willalso certify that planned mitigation activities have beencompleted, so that the process of energising the 500 kV lines canbegin.

The WAPDA Environmental Cell will be responsible for checking theclearances of all structures along the corridor, including non-residential buildings. It will also ensure that the protectionrequirements for the archaeological sites will be carried out.

8.8.2 Implementation Issues

It is a general practice that WAPDA identifies a tentative routefor a transmission line on the basis of a preliminary survey, andprepares bid documents accordingly. The detailed survey for thedesign of the route and positioning of the towers is carried outby specialist contractors who are engaged for the construction ofthat transmission line. WAPDA will meet that its social andenvironmental obligations by ensuring that the following stepswill be complied with:

- The survey will include detailed information about allvillages within 500 m of the proposed corridor, allhouses and residential compounds coming within theproposed corridor, all schools within 100 m of thecorridor, and all tubewells/pumpwells or otherinfrastructure coming within the proposed corridor. Theresults of the detailed survey will be made available tothe Department of Archaeology and the Project NGO.

As part of the detailed design process, alignments andtower locations will be adjusted locally as necessary andas may be possible to avoid buildings or other features.The adjustment will be recorded.

WAPDA and/or its consultants, together with the ProjectNGO, will attempt to find local solutions to anyremaining corridor clearance problems so as to avoid orminimise any direct impact on villages, houses andschools.

For those structures unavoidably within the proposedcorridor, or having inadequate clearances from the outerconductor of the 500 kV line, the process of valuingstructures and selecting relocation sites will becompleted prior to the start of tower construction.

All rolocations will be completed before the process ofenergising the transmission line in the field begins.

0 on

8.9 MONITORING PLAN

The Environmental Monitoring Plan for the Ghazi-BarothaHydropower Project will be carried out by the WAPDA EnvironmentalCell, with the assistance of the Project Monitoring Consultantsfor the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project. The Environmental Cellwill review the Monitoring Plan, together with specific data onsocial impacts (houses and schools, wells, cultural properties)from the detailed alignment survey. It will conduct a fieldexamination of all unavoidably affected sites prior to theinitiation of transmission line construction.

The Environmental Cell will monitor the implementation of theMitigation Plan. A representative of the Cell will be presentduring the turnover to the owners of all relocated houses and allother reconstructed properties, including schools, tubewells andpumpwells. In addition, a representative of the EnvironmentalCell will be present during the construction of transmissionlines near all archaeological sites within the corridor.

The Environmental Cell will include information on its monitoringof the transmission lines as part of its regular reportingrequirements under the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project.

REFERENCES

8.1 World Bank, Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, VolumesI,II, and III, World Bank Tech. Papers 139, 140, and 154,1991.

8.2 Gessinger, Laurie G., Patti Waller, Vernon L. Chartier,and Robert G. Olsen; Electric and Magnetic FieldReduction and Research: A Report to the Washington StateLegislature, Proc. Amer. Power Conf., pp.1674-1679, 1993.

8.3 WAPDA (Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority);Tarbela-Lahore 500 kV Transmission Line Project: Manualof Construction Operation and Maintenance, NESPAK (JointVenture with ACE and FACE), 1992.

8.4 WAPDA (Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority);Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project, Resettlement ActionPlan, April 1994.

R.32

APPENDIX 8-A

REPORT PREPARERS AND PERSONS CONTACTED

Pakistan Hydro Consultants

Dr. Peter L. Ames, Lead Environmental Scientist

Mr. Anis A. Chaudry, Principal Environmental Scientist

Dr. Philip E. Jones, Social Scientist

Mr. I. R. Mufti, Social Scientist

Mr. Iftikhar Khalil, Project Manager

Mr. Clive Baker, Senior Deputy Project Manager

Mr. Ashraf Akhtar, Deputy Project Manager

Persons Consulted

Engr. Haneefullah Khan, Superintending Engineer, Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project, Tarbela

Engr. Saifullah Wazir, Superintending Engineer, EHV T/LConstr. Circle, WAPDA

Engr. M. Khalid Iqbal, Principal Engineer, NESPAK

Engr. Zahid Liquat, Senior Engineer, NESPAK

Mr. Muhammad Yousef, Assistant Curator, Taxila Museum

Dr. Anjum Rehmani, Director, Lahore Museum

Ms. Humera Alam, Curator, Lahore Museum

Q - -1

TABLE 8.1

IMPACTS, MITIGATION AND MONITORING - TRANSMISSION LINES

RESOURCE IMPACT MITIGATION ACTION MONITORING

Residences Line clearances Relocation of Facility or Detailed Line Survey of WAPDA EnvironmentalSchools insufficient Realignment of Line - Row & CPL of Towers to be Cell

(latter preferred) marked by WAPDACensus by WAPDA & PNGOof allVillages within 500 mHouses 50 mSchool loomHosp/Dis 100 mOther bldgs " Row

Wells (by type) RowCultural Rowproperties

Archaeological Line clearances Recovery of site artifacts or WAPDA Environmentalsites insufficient Realignment of line - Cell

(latter preferred)

CHAPTER 9

ACCESS ROAD FOR BAROTHA

POWER COMPLEX

CHAPTER 9

ACCESS ROAD FOR BAROTHA POWER COMPLEX

9.1 INTRODUCTION

9.1.1 Project Background

The history and status of the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Projectare briefly described in Chapter 1 of this Supplementary Report.At the time of the feasibility environmental studies (1990) andthe first round of supplementary studies (1991), the access roadto the Barotha power complex area was identified onlyconceptually, and planning was not sufficiently advanced topermit environmental impact assessment. This fact was noted bythe World Bank's Environmental Resettlement Review Panel in theBank's Aide Memoire of June/July 1993 and the present study wasinitiated.

9.1.2 Legal, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Pakistan Requirements

The Ministry of Environment and Urban Affairs, Government ofPakistan, has issued environmental guidelines on rural roads inits "Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines" (Ref. 9.1).These guidelines largely parallel those of the World Bank,discussed below, but pay particular attention to effects of roadconstruction and use on water resources, drainage, erosion, andsiltation. The guidelines recognise potential socio-economiceffects of roads, including land use changes. The guidelines canbe used as a checklist of specific impacts during the design,construction, and operational phases of a road project.

World Bank Requirements and Guidelines

World Bank guidelines on roads and highways are set out in theWorld Bank "Environmental Assessment Sourcebook," Vol II(Ref. 9.2). The Bank recognises the socioeconomic benefitsprovided by road and highway projects, but notes a broad range ofpotential environmental impacts. These include effects resultingfrom permanent alterations of physical environments, such aschanges in drainage, loss of vegetative cover, pollution,erosion, spillage of hazardous materials, as well as constructionperiod effects. The guidelines also note potential socioeconomiceffects, including the impact of outside workforces, induceddevelopment, and the loss of agricultural land.

National standards for Road Design

The National Highway Authority maintains standards for the designof all classes of roads in Pakistan. Any authority wishing toconstruct a road, whether this be a local government authority

9.1

(District Council, Municipal Corporation), provincial authority,or autonomous body (WAPDA), is required by law to conform togovernment standards for road design.

WAPDA Design Group

The construction of an access road to Barotha was recommended byPakistan Hydro Consultants and a route was selected which followsan old Sarkari (government) road as the traceline for the newroad. The design of the new road is being undertaken by theCentral Design Office (CDO) of WAPDA, at the request of the ChiefEngineer and Project Director, Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project.Once the CDO design has been approved, WAPDA will initiate theprocess of land acquisition, bidding and contracting for roadconstruction.

9.1.3 Status of Road Planning and Design

At the time this environmental assessment was prepared (April1994), the terminal points and route of the access road had beenestablished and a survey of the route had been done. Fieldmarker posts were set by the surveyors along the centreline ofthe route. Design dimensions had been established, as describedin Section 9.2.3, but some details were still under discussion.The details of the bridge design had not been established.

Surveys of land use and tenure were yet to be performed. Theprecise limits of the government r.o.w. for the Old Sarkari roadwere yet to be determined, as part of the complex process ofdetermining land ownership for budgetary and compensationpurposes. Before construction takes place, however, WAPDA willhave completed acquisition of the land, including payment tothose whose land will be acquired for the road.

9.1.4 Approach to the Study

This environmental assessment was conducted in the Lahore officesof Pakistan Hydro Consultants (PHC) and in the field in November1993, and April 1994, by a team consisting of two seniorenvironmental scientists and two rural social scientists.

Early in the assessment process the team evaluated the accessroad in terms of the World Bank's environmental categories,defined in Operational Directive 4.01. Briefly, this directiveestablishes three categories of projects on the basis ofanticipated environmental effects:

- Category A projects are expected to exert substantialenvironmental effects and require a comprehensiveenvironmental study. The Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject clearly falls in this group.

9.2

Category B comprises projects expected to cause onlylimited environmental impacts, for which a lesscomprehensive EA is appropriate.

Category C projects are expected to exert no significantenvironmental impact, and therefore require no EA.

Although the Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project is considered to bein Category A, necessitating extremely comprehensiveenvironmental studies, the access road can reasonably be placedin Category B, for the following reasons:

- It is a small unit (7.2 km long) structurally independentfrom the rest of the Project.

- It will not cross any areas of natural habitat; the areais used for barani (rain-fed) agriculture and stubblegrazing.

= There are no dwellings or other structures within oradjacent to the right-of-way, except for the main railwayline which crosses the proposed alignment.

- The road will not cross any waterways.

= There are no known archaeological sites along the routeand the area has a long history of soil disturbance.

- The road will require only minor amounts of fill and willnot generate any spoil.

For these reasons, the Consultants' team felt it appropriate toperform the field studies at the reconnaissance level, omittingquantitative sampling and extensive field interviews.

9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

9.2.1 Objective

The objective of the Project access road is to provide a routefor the transportation of heavy equipment and constructionmaterials from the main highway to the Barotha Power Complexsite, a distance of 7.2 km, in such a way as to avoid hinderingor being hindered by other traffic in the area. This road willallow the construction traffic to bypass Attock city, where theroads are narrow and congested.

9.2.2 Route

The proposed new road (Drawing 9.1) will connect the Attock-HajiShah road with the Power Complex site. Its general orientation

9) 3

will be northeast-southwest. Its northeast terminus will be onthe Attock-Haji Shah road, approximately 7 km south of Haji Shah,and its southwestern terminus at the Dhakner road, where it willlink up with the network of roads within the construction site.

The new road will follow a centuries old dirt road, known as theOld Sarkari road, that is largely on government owned land,obviating the need for extensive land acquisition for the right-of-way. The existing road follows a barely perceptible ridgelargely above 370 m in elevation. Three kilometres from theAttock-Haji Shah road, the new route crosses the Attock-Peshawarrailway line, which it will do on a bridge.

9.2.3 Road Design

The new road will be a two-lane, metalled (asphalt) road, witheach lane 3.3 m wide. The shoulders will be of compacted gravel1.8 m wide on each side. The right-of-way (r.o.w.) will extend10 m farther on each side, giving it a total width of 30.2 m. Theextra .strip of land on both sides has been included toaccommodate slopes where the road is in fill and provision of adrainage ditch. This will also act as a borrow area for themaintenance of the road berms and for the planting of trees toform a green belt similar to that on the WAPDA road fromLawrencepur to Tarbela.

The road will contain one bridge, where it crosses the Attock-Peshawar railway line, at the highest point of the ridge. Thiswill be a level, reinforced concrete structure, 28 m long and11 m wide. It will have a clearance over the track of 7.2 m. Inorder to allow for the planned expansion of this railway line totwo tracks, the bridge will include the additional space for asecond track, adjacent to the existing one.

Pakistan Railways will be consulted to determine whether thesecond track will be placed on the east or the west of thepresent one.

9.3 BASELINE CONDITIONS

9.3.1 Land Use

The centreline of the selected route follows a road that datesfrom the mid-19th century or earlier. The Old Sarkari road is anunpaved, unimproved track 2.5 to 4 m wide, mostly at about thesame level as the surrounding terrain, in places a metre or twolower.

Land use along the alignment is almost entirely agricultural.Barani (rain-fed) fields extend to the edge of the existing roadthroughout its length. The access road will depart from the old

9-4

right-of-way for approximately 800 m to remove a sharp bend inthe old road. It also will depart briefly from the old route toreach the new bridge over the railway.

9.3.2 Ecological Values

The barani agricultural fields of the region represent anartificial ecosystem that supports a few species of small birds(larks, shrikes, mynahs) able to nest on the ground or in thescattered small trees. Rodents and rabbits evidently flourish inthis habitat, for a high density of raptors were noted along theroute during the field visit, mostly winter visitors (eagles,buzzards, harriers, kestrels). The lack of large trees or cliffsmeans that any of these species inclined to nest would be unableto do so, even though the food might be available.

9.3.3 Socio-cultural Conditions

The construction of the planned 7.2 km Haji Shah-Barotha accessroad will amount to the widening of an old government road(Sarkari Rasta) that runs along the gently undulating high groundbetween the nullahs draining westward into the Indus river (egJabba nullah) and those draining southward into the Haro river(eg Sarwala nullah). North and east of the junction of theaccess road with the current Haji Shah-Attock road, the landslopes northward downstream toward the Chel river to the north.The immediate area of the Old Sarkari road constitutes awaterless tract of barani agriculture, with field boundariesmarked by low stone walls, thorn hedges and a few zizyphus trees.The description in the Settlement Report of 1886-1887 still seemsaccurate:

"Immediately south of this region [Chhachh] we come to avery inferior tract, south of the Attock hills and northof the Chitta Pahar, known as Sarwala and as the "Maira"tract, with light soil and rock near the surface, hot,poor, and scantily populated (p. 3)."

Settlement Pattern

The area traversed by the proposed road is uninhabited, butconstitutes the dry upland area encompassing the estates of fivevillages. The villages themselves are lower down along thenullahs, where permanent water is available in the nullah beds orin wells dug down into the relatively shallow bed flows. Thefive villages whose land will be affected by the proposed roadwidening are as follows:

Haji Shah is a large village built on a natural terraceabove the Chel river and below the northeastern corner ofthe Attock hills. A long-inhabited site, the villageestate encompasses the watershed of the Haji Shah Nullah,a permanent stream that drains the eastern face of the

9.5

Attock hills and the northern slope of the high groundbetween Attock city and the Grand Trunk road. Thedownstream bed of the nullah and the lower ground alongthe Chel are dotted with old Persian wells and morerecent tubewells, which provide water for double-cropping. Both the Grand Trunk road and the Haji Shah-Attock city road pass through the village boundaries andthe crossroads is a site of considerable stripdevelopment. Largely owned by Sheikhs and Pirachas, HajiShah had a population of 6,802 in the 1981 Census. Itscurrent estimated population is estimated at 8,500 to9,000 people.

Sarwala is the large Awan village west of Attock citywhich has given its name to the Sarwala Revenue Circleand to the region generally. Located on the western bankof the Sarwala Nullah, the village largely has becomeincorporated into the western suburbs of Attock city.Permanent water is available in the nullah about 1.5 kmupstream from Sarwala and then flows south into the Haroriver. Numerous wells along the nullah bed provide forlocalised irrigated agriculture for about 2 km upstreamand 1 km downstream from the village site. The villageestate lies along the western side of the nullah, fromits confluence with the Haro northward to the watershedalong the hump of high ground between Attock city andHaji Shah. The village boundary touches that of HajiShah along this watershed. The village had a populationof 5,096 in the 1981 Census. The current population isestimated at 6,500 to 7,000 people.

Shakar Dara is a Khattar village located on the easternbank of the Sarwala nullah roughly opposite Sarwala.Like the latter, Shakar Dara largely has beenincorporated into the western suburbs of Attock city.Indeed, much of its eastern extension is now urbanised.Wells in the nullah bed also provide Shakar Dara withirrigation in and around the village site. The villageboundaries extend northward from the Attock-Gariala roadalong the eastern bank of the nullah to the high groundnorth of Attock city. The village had a population of4,194 in the 1981 Census. The current population isabout 5,500 people.

Surg Salar is an extensive Khattar village. Its landsreach from the boundary of the Kala Chitta reservedForest to the south, across the Haro river and northwardto the hump of high ground, where its boundary meetsthose of Nurpur Karmalia and faji Shah. The totaL lengthof this strip is about 16 km. In its section north ofthe Haro, the village is bounded by Sarwala on the eastand Chhoi Gariala on the west. Surg Salar has twosettlement sites, Surg, which is on the bench south ofthe Haro and under the Kala Chitta mountains, and Salar,which is on the north bank of the HIaro river. The Salar

9.6

nullah joins the Haro west of Salar. This nullah haspermanent flow several kilometres upstream from theconfluence and provides for wells and local irrigatedagriculture both at Salar and upstream at Dhok HajiAhmad, where the nullah crosses the Attock-Gariala road.Above Dhok Haji Ahmad, the village estate lies in the dryupland tract along the old Sarkari road. The village hada population of 3,162 in the 1981 Census. The currentpopulation is estimated at 4,000 to 4,500 people.

- Chhoi Gariala is an Awan village that, like Surg Salar,is located on both sides of the Haro river. The villagesettlement is on the high north bank of the Haro, about1.5 km west of the Attock-Gariala-Pindi Gheb road and2.5 km east of the confluence of the Haro and Indusrivers. Most of the village estate is south of theproposed access road. There is, however, a thin strip ofvillage land that lies between Surg Salar and Barotha andwhich also touches the boundaries of Dher and NurpurKarmalia. The village had a population of 1,695 in the1981 census. The current population is estimated at2,100 to 2,300 people.

Economic Base

The agrarian economy of the Sarwala region remains poor. Wellsand checkdams in the nullah and river beds permit highlylocalised irrigated agriculture (chahi) on small plots, usuallyaround the village settlements. Here there is double cropping,with wheat as the main rabi crop and maize the main kharif crop.Fodder can be grown year round on land irrigated by wells, andthere is some development of woodlots and fruit orchards,although these are highly restricted to settlement sites. Thegreat bulk of land in the region is barani, cropped with winterwheat (rabi) and some mustard, the latter for oil seeds andfodder. Increasingly, if spring rains have occurred, the kharifseason is devoted to the cultivation of groundnuts and gram, bothcash crops.

As in other parts of the region, the agrarian sector of theeconomy remains relatively stagnant, while a growing industrialsector absorbs more local workers. The agrarian sector has notprovided a sufficient livelihood for the region's growingpopulation for many decades. The defense forces have recruitedfrom the area for well over a century and young men have beenleaving for work in distant cities, or even abroad, for almost aslong. The arrival of significant industrial infrastructure inthe region, including Lawrencepur Woollen Mills, the KamraAeronautical Complex, and the Sanjwal Ordnance Factories, hasgiven the area considerable economic uplift, providing bothdirect and spin-off job opportunities for local people.

Attock city is growing steadily, though not rapidly. It had apopulation of 26,233 in the 1981 Census, but may have between33,000 to 38,000 people today. As a district headquarters and

0 7

cantonment town, the city provides the region with a wide rangeof medical, educational, commercial and professional services.Medical and educational services are both public and private.Hospitals can handle all but the most severe problems, which arethen referred to Abbottabad or Rawalpindi. Students can study atdegree level at the government college in Attock and pursuetraining in a variety of fields, including commerce, computersand applied engineering.

Transportation Network

The region around Attock city is on Pakistan's majortransportation routes. The main Karachi-Peshawar railway linepasses through Attock city. This line runs north-northwest andnorthwest from Attock city Junction toward Peshawar and crossesthe Old Sarkari road about 5.5 km from the Attock railwaystation. A branch line from Attock city Junction runs souththrough the Kala Chitta mountains to Sher Shah in southernPunjab. Trains from Peshawar to Multan and vice versa use thisroute.

Attock city is 11 km south of the Grand Trunk road, to which itis connected by roads to Kamra and Haji Shah. These roads areheavily travelled by passenger and goods vehicles. Provincialroads connect Attock with Fatehjang and Pindi Gheb, each carryingfrequent passenger and goods traffic. In the area of theproposed access road, a district road connects Gariala Chowk withAttock Khurd. Metalled village roads connect this road with thevillages along the Indus bench, including Barotha. Traffic onthese roads is not frequent and each village has from three tofive passenger trucks visiting it daily. Several unimprovedvillage tracks cross the Old Sarkari road. The most important ofthese is the track between Sarwala and Dakhner, which is a fasterroute during good weather than the longer way around via GarialaChowk. This and other tracks are used by passenger pick-uptrucks, farm vehicles and goods trucks.

Archaeological and Historical Resources

There are no known archaeological sites in the immediate vicinityof the proposed access road alignment, although this will beconfirmed by an archaeological survey. The surrounding areadoes, however, have important sites. These include Early toMiddle Pleistocene paleolithic sites at Gariala and near Mandori.In addition, petroglyphs have been found at Gariala and, duringProject preparation, at Barotha and Dher. The archaeologicalsurvey for the Ghazi Barotha Hydropower Project found evidence ofa stone age culture at Dakhner (Refs. 9.3 and 9.4).

Gandharan remains have been found at Mansar, Haji Shah and Kamra,while several mounds near Musa Khudlathi were identified asprobable Kushana sites during Project preparation and by theProject archaeological survey. Near Haji Shah there are an oldwell and stone carving, both with Devanagri characters,suggesting possible Hindu Shahi origin. Haji Shah also has an

O0Q

old well possibly dating from the construction of the Grand Trunkroad by Sher Shah Suri (16th Century). This well may be one in aseries dug at staging places along the road. There is anotherold staging well at Hattian, some 10 km to the east along theroad (Refs. 9.4 and 9.5).

9.4 POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

9.4.1 General

The principal impacts of the new road, mitigation actions andproposals for monitoring are sumarised in Table 9.1.

9.4.2 Land Use

The new road will have a very slight direct effect on land use,limited to the conversion of the following areas of baraniagriculture to road right-of-way, which will include pavement,shoulders, drainage ditch and the vegetated areas.

- A 6.4 km long strip, more or less parallel to the firstand outside the existing r.o.w., where land will beacquired to develop the required 30.2 m width of r.o.w.This strip will total about 17.3 ha in area.

- A new strip of right-of-way, approximately 800 m long and30.2 m wide, where the proposed route departs from theOld Sarkari road to eliminate a sharp bend. This willamount to about 2.4 ha.

- Areas along the sides of the Dhakner road and theAttock-Haji Shah road where these roads will be widenedby 3.5 m to provide a turning lane for trucks enteringthe access road. These are expected to total less than0.1 ha.

The new r.o.w. will total 21.9 ha. Of this area, the total amountof land changing from agriculture to road right-of-way will beapproximately 19.8 ha. The new road will utilize the r.o.w. ofthe Old Sarkari road for 6.4 km, the average width of which isonly about 3.2 m, giving a nominal area of 2.1 ha.

In addition, land will be required temporarily for constructionareas, as required by the contractor, outside the new r.o.w.These are expected to be near the terminal points, and on bothsides of the railroad for bridge construction. This land willbe leased from its owners and returned upon completion of theaccess road. The total area used will be about 0.1 ha.

9.9

9.4.3 Ecological Impacts

The conversion of 19.8 ha of barani agriculture to roadway willnot be a significant ecological change, in view of the limitedecological value of the existing croplands.

9.4.4 Socio-cultural Resources

Resettlement

No resettlement will be required as the access road will notdisplace any housing.

Loss of Agricultural Land

The most significant impact of the proposed Haji Shah-Barothaaccess road on local socio-cultural resources will be the loss ofagricultural land. The amount of land to be lost by each villageis as follows:

VILLAGE PRIVATE GOVERNMENT TOTALLAND (ha) LAND (ha) (ha)

Haji Shah 1.0 0.1 1.1Sarwala 2.1 0.2 2.3Shakar Dara 2.2 0.1 2.3Surg Salar 12.9 1.7 14.6Chhoi Gariala 1.6 - 1.6

TOTAL 19.8 2.1 21.9

This data has been abstracted from Village Land Records(Jamabandi), as recorded by the WAPDA Land Assessment Staff,Ghazi-Barotha Hydropower Project, Tarbela.

The impact of the loss of agricultural land on householdlivelihoods and village economic resources is limited by thefollowing factors:

The land is relatively poor, with unproductive soils anddependent on rain. In every case, it is the most distantpart of the estate from the village habitation site andthe least valuable of the cultivated land.

The losses to livestock will be minimal. Most villagersdo pasture their livestock on stubble remaining in thefields after harvest, and on grasses in the fieldboundaries, but the main sources of fodder are grassesand bushes in the uncultivable land in the eroded nullahsand from fodder grown on irrigated land.

With the exception of Surg Salar, relatively small areasare being taken. The figures do not reflect those minor

9.10

areas where farmers have illegally encroached on the OldSarkari road.

- The Old Sarkari road already largely delimits villageboundaries in the area, as well as field boundaries.Thus, the access road will not generally cut across theexisting field system or carve a new road across village

estates. The two exceptions to this will be near theDakhner track crossing and the curve near Barotha, wheresome six fields may have to be crossed to straighten outa sharp bend on the access road.

- In every case the land being taken is fragmented intosmall holdings, often with multiple shareholders(hissadars). This is the result of inheritance lawsoperating over many generations, so that the averagelandholding in the area to be taken is 0.02 ha. Many ofthese landowners and hissadars are working outside thevillage, and some of those remaining in the village nolonger depend solely on the land for their householdincomes. The decline of land as the only source ofincome and the pattern of multiple ownership suggeststhat the impact of the land taking will be dispersed overmany households, rather than severely impacting a few.

Induced Development

Road development always raises the potential for induceddevelopment. In Pakistan, this usually has meant uncontrolled orunzoned strip development along roads. WAPDA has a good recordof controlling development along its roads. The WAPDA-ownedsection of the Lawrencepur-Tarbela road, for example, has notbeen affected by strip development. Like the proposed accessroad, this road runs through the higher margins of local villageestates. Given the distance of the proposed access road to thevillage habitation sites, it is doubtful that there will be muchpressure for commercial development along the road.

By itself, some strip development is not necessarily an unwelcomeeffect. Roadside bazaars provide an economic outlet tocontiguous villages and job opportunities to villagers. This isparticularly the case for the artisans and landless fieldlabourers in the villages. In the wider Project area, artisanshave been particularly effective in transferring theirtraditional occupational skills into new occupational categoriesas mechanics, tractor drivers, lathe operators, etc. The problemwith bazaars along the roads is the lack of rational planning andthe absence of services such as effective waste management.

9. 11

9.5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED

9.5.1 No Action Alternative

If the access road is not constructed, heavy vehicles haulingconstruction equipment and materials to the Power Complex willhave to use the existing road network and pass through the narrowand congested roads within Attock city. Depending on the originor destination of the cargo, trucks would use the smaller ruralroads, such as the Attock-Pindi Gheb road and the Dhakner road,that now carry a variety of traffic from pedestrians, bicycles,livestock, and carts to buses and trucks. Those roads arenarrow, have less shoulder width, and have weaker beds than theproposed new access road, so the presence of construction trafficwould pose a substantial risk to other traffic, particularlywithin Attock city, and to the construction vehicles themselves.Moreover, the loss of time incurred on such roads would impedethe progress of the Project.

Upgrading the existing road system was considered as analternative to building a special access road. While that wouldpartly ease the problem of congestion, it would substantially addto transit times and would increase the overall cost of theProject, as well as still requiring a bypass to avoid thecongested areas of Attock city.

9.5.2 Alternative Routes

Having determined the desirability of avoiding Attock city and,where possible, the use of the smaller rural roads, projectplanners needed to select the optimum terminal points for theaccess road. The western terminus obviously was the PowerComplex site, while the eastern one was somewhere on the Attock-Haji Shah road. Although the shortest route would have branchedfrom the Attock-Haji Shah road closer to Attock and anothershorter route could have been found branching from the Attock-Haji Shah road farther north, the selected route offers severaladvantages:

It would minimise the taking of private land by using agovernment-owned right-of-way.

It would not cross the Power Channel alignment, so itwould not interfere with the construction of that Projectcomponent.

It would avoid routing heavy vehicles through anypopulated areas, such as Attock city or Sarwala.

9.5.3 Alternative Rail Crossings

Consideration was given to crossing the Attock-Peshawar railwayline at a grade crossing, instead of the planned bridge. The

9.12

grade crossing would be located about 300 m south of the proposedbridge, ie, at the end of the existing cut and before the trackbegins the embankment that carries it to the nullah bridge. Itwas felt that the occasional high frequency of trucks on theaccess road would necessitate a complex gate system at thecrossing, which would be under the control of Pakistan Railways.Experience elsewhere has indicated that the Railways arereluctant to leave such gates permanently open for cross trafficand its operation might interfere with movements of vehicles onthe road.

9.6 MITIGATION PLAN

9. 6.1 Compensation

The construction of the Haji Shah-Barotha access road will notrequire resettlement. It will require, however, the acquisitionof 19.8 ha of private land from landholders, whose titles arerecorded in the land records of five villages.

Current practice in Pakistan for the acquisition of land forroads is to use the Land Acquisition Act of 1894 only as a lastresort. The National Highway Authority prefers directnegotiations on land prices with the landowners. According tohighway authorities, this approach works more often than not andsaves considerable time and litigation.

WAPDA will use this approach. Landowners will be entitled tocompensation for their land at the full market price, asdetermined by the Project Non-Governmental Organization (PNGO).This price will be the price of current transactions for variousclasses of land in the land market in Sarwala. WAPDA will acceptthe recommendation of the PNGO on market price and use this asthe basis for negotiations with the landowners. Once the priceis fixed, WAPDA will add 15 percent to the price of each plot.This is the standard escalation in the Land Acquisition Act forland taken by eminent domain.

In the event of any dispute as regards the compensation, the PNGOwill facilitate the organisation of a committee of affectedlandowners in each village to negotiate with WAPDA. The committeeshould have the proxy in writing of each landowner giving thecommittee the authority to negotiate on that landowner's behalf.The committee and WAPDA should reach a unanimous agreement on themarket prices both of barani land and uncultivated waste (ghairmumkin). This agreement will be explained to the landowners.

WAPDA will provide each landowner with a Certificate ofCompensation. This will state the exact amount the landowner isdue. WAPDA will make direct payments to the affected landowners.The PNGO will keep a separate record of these payments andconfirm that they have been received by the affected landowners.

a w

The tenants, artisans and field labourers attached to theaffected land will be eligible to entitlements under the ProjectResettlement Action Plan (RAP). These include work permits andinvolvement in training and income self-generation programmes.

9.6.2 Public Safety

Traffic Management

In order to minimise the risks posed by heavy vehicles to othertraffic, pedestrians and livestock, WAPDA will widen the Attock-Haji Shah road at its intersection with the access road toprovide turning lanes for trucks entering or leaving the accessroad. The corners will be designed with sufficient radius ofcurvature that turning trucks (including those of unusual length)can negotiate the corners without intruding into oncomingtraffic.

The intersection of the access road with the Attock-Haji Shahroad will be lighted, in order to improve visibility at night. Awhite centreline will be placed on the access road and laneswill be appropriately marked at the intersection. During periodsof heavy traffic, a trained traffic control officer will bestationed at the intersection.

Emergency Action

An Emergency Action Plan to cover accidents, spills, or othermishaps along the access road will be incorporated into theoverall safety programme for the power complex constructioncontract. It will include giving instruction to drivers onproper emergency procedures, information on the locations andcapabilities of health facilities, maintenance of emergencywarning systems (lights, flares, etc.) on vehicles, communicationequipment (with adequate instruction on its use), and acontainment/recovery programme for noxious or dangerous cargo.

9.7 MONITORING PLAN

9.7.1 Land Acquisition and Compensation

Land acquisition and compensation for the Haji Shah-Barotha roadwill be monitored under the terms of the Project ResettlementAction Plan (RAP). Under the RAP, land acquisition andcompensation will be monitored by the WAPDA Environmental Celland the Monitoring Consultants. The Monitoring Consultants willbe contracted under the Project to assist WAPDA in the wholerange of environmental and social monitoring activitiesassociated with the Project.

9.14

9.7.2 Induced Development

The Haji Shah-Barotha access road will be monitored by WAPDAsecurity staff, who will be responsible for preventing anyunauthorised development along the road. In those areas whereWAPDA will not have ownership, as along the Haji Shah-Attock roadon both sides of the junction with the access road, the PNGO andWAPDA Environmental Cell will monitor at suitable intervals anyinduced development that emerges. In the event that this occurs,the PNGO will alert the authorities implementing the Ghazi-Barotha Regional Development Plan, so that proper planning andinfrastructure can be brought to the site.

REFERENCES

9.1 Environment & Urban Affairs Division; EnvironmentalImpact Assessment Guidelines, Vol I, Ministry of Housing& Works, Government of Pakistan, 1986.

9.2 World Bank, Environmental Assessment Sourcebook, VolumesI, II, and III, World Bank Tech.Papers 139, 140, and 154,1991.

9.3 Paterson, T.T. and H.J.H. Drummond; Soan: ThePalaeolithic of Pakistan, Govt. of Pakistan, Dept. ofArchaeology, 1962.

9.4 Pakistan Hydro Consultants; Ghazi-Barotha HydropowerProject, Archaeological Survey Report, 1992.

9.5 Garrick, H.B.W.; Report. Tour Through Bihar, CentralIndia, Peshawar, and Yusufzai, Archaeological Survey ofIndia, Vol.XIX, 1881-82.

4

9.15

TABLE 9.1

HAJI SHAH - BAROTHA ACCESS ROAD

IMPACTS. MITIGATION AND MONITORING

RESOURCE IMPACT MITIGATION ACTION MONITORING

Agricultural Loss of 19.8 ha of A. Compensation at full Detailed census of affected WAPDA EnvironmentalLand barani land market value population land owners, Cell

B. Participation of affected tenants, artisans, fieldlandowing and rural labourerslandless groups in Income Survey-Baselinecompensations/benefits both by PNGO or anof Project, as under institution engaged for thisthe RAP purpose

A. WAPDA negotiates pricedirectly with landowners

B. WAPDA acquires landunder Land AcquisitionAct

Full scope of RAP applies ineither case

Rural Roads Induced strip Zonal planning and basic WAPDA maintains its own WAPDA EnvironmentalHighways development services under GBRDO property clear of induced Cell

development.PNGO observes for potentialdevelopment along publicroads. Advises GBRDO

Public Security Decreased safety Traffic Management at WAPDA to provide lighting, WAPDA EnvironmentalIntersection of Access turning lanes, lane markings, CellRoad & Haji Shah Attock Rd & traffic controllor (at busy

periods).

Public Security Accidents, Spillage Emergency Action Plan To be developed by WAPDA WAPDA Environmentaland local land of oils, toxic Special fire & Clean up Celland water chemicals, etc equipment to be maintainedresources at Barotha WAPDA Colony.

Training in handling of toxicspills for firemen

9.16

l

DRAWINGS

\*